WO2015062010A1 - Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system - Google Patents

Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015062010A1
WO2015062010A1 PCT/CN2013/086290 CN2013086290W WO2015062010A1 WO 2015062010 A1 WO2015062010 A1 WO 2015062010A1 CN 2013086290 W CN2013086290 W CN 2013086290W WO 2015062010 A1 WO2015062010 A1 WO 2015062010A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sequence
training
training sequence
sequences
additional
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/086290
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
栾龙源
陈亮
罗超
肖洁华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201380003094.1A priority Critical patent/CN104969483B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2013/086290 priority patent/WO2015062010A1/en
Publication of WO2015062010A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015062010A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202Channel estimation
    • H04L25/0224Channel estimation using sounding signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L7/00Arrangements for synchronising receiver with transmitter
    • H04L7/04Speed or phase control by synchronisation signals
    • H04L7/041Speed or phase control by synchronisation signals using special codes as synchronising signal

Definitions

  • Receiving device transmitting device, training sequence matching method and system
  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a receiving device, a transmitting device, a training sequence matching method, and a system. Background technique
  • the training sequence is a sequence of known sequences used by the equalizer to generate a channel model.
  • a receiving device extracts a sequence of predetermined bits from the received data and matches a known training sequence to determine a training sequence selected by the transmitting device.
  • the transmitting device and the receiving device share a common N group training sequence.
  • the transmitting device selects a set of the known N sets of training sequences to be added to a predetermined position in the data to be transmitted, and transmits the data after the training sequence is added to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the predetermined location, and matches the extracted sequence to be matched with the known N-group training sequence for correlation or signal-to-noise ratio, and determines that the sending device adds according to the matching result.
  • Which group of training sequences is specifically in the data, and subsequent operations are performed according to the matching result, for example, different transmitting devices are distinguished according to the matching result.
  • the transmitting device can only select one of the known N training sequences, and the receiving device can only The extracted sequence to be matched is matched with the known N training sequences.
  • the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is low.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a receiving device, a sending device, and a training. Sequence matching method and system. The technical solution is as follows:
  • a receiving device configured to:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device
  • An extraction module configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiving module
  • a first acquiring module configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional a training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • a matching module configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device in the same time slot;
  • the at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
  • the first acquiring module includes:
  • a first acquiring unit configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance
  • a second acquiring unit configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance
  • a first loop unit configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • a second aspect provides a receiving device, where the receiving device includes: a receiver and a processor; and the receiver is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device;
  • the processor is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiver, where the processor is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include conventional training a sequence and an additional training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • the processor is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the receiver is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
  • the at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
  • the receiving device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; the processor is further configured to: The conventional training sequence stored in advance is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • a third aspect provides a sending device, where the sending device includes: a second acquiring module, configured to acquire multiple training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • a selection module configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second acquiring module
  • a adding module configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module to a burst to be sent, and a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and The sequence to be matched is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the selecting module includes:
  • a first selecting unit configured to randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing
  • a second selecting unit configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when accessing the first time, select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences;
  • a third selecting unit configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select a group from the plurality of training sequences different from a training sequence selected in a previous access Training sequence.
  • the second acquiring module includes:
  • a third obtaining unit configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance
  • a fourth acquiring unit configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance
  • a second looping unit configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • a fourth aspect provides a sending device, where the sending device includes: a processor and a transmitter; the processor, configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include conventional training a sequence and an additional training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • the processor is configured to select a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences; the processor, configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent; a processor, configured to control, by the transmitter, the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to be sent to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, And matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the processor is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing, randomly select a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, from the multiple training Selecting a pre-specified set of training sequences in the sequence;
  • the processor configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select a group from the plurality of training sequences different from a training sequence selected during a previous access Training sequence.
  • the sending device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; the processor is further configured to: The conventional training sequence stored in advance is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • a training sequence matching method is provided, where the method includes:
  • the plurality of sets of training sequences comprising a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence, wherein the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • the sequence to be matched is matched with the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the at least one sending device includes a first sending device and a second sending device, where the burst The pulse is a random access burst;
  • the receiving the burst sent by the at least one sending device includes:
  • the acquiring the multiple training sequences includes:
  • a training sequence matching method includes:
  • the plurality of sets of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, wherein the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence ⁇ 'J;
  • the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and compares the sequence to be matched with the conventional acquired by the receiving device The training sequence is matched with additional training sequences.
  • the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the selecting a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences includes:
  • the selecting a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences includes:
  • a training sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access is selected from the plurality of sets of training sequences.
  • the acquiring the multiple training sequences includes:
  • a training sequence matching system includes: A receiving device according to the above first or second aspect, and at least one transmitting device according to the above third or fourth aspect.
  • the transmitting device in the system is solved.
  • the number of receiving devices is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirements, and the system performance is improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device of a sending device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a device configuration diagram of a transmitting device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural diagram of a device of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for training a training sequence matching method according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a system configuration diagram of a training sequence matching system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a training sequence according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention;
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to an embodiment of the present invention is shown.
  • the receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts.
  • the receiving device can include:
  • the receiving module 101 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
  • the extracting module 102 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from the burst received by the receiving module 101;
  • the first obtaining module 103 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the matching module 104 is configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module 102 with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module 103.
  • the receiving device acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple
  • the training sequence of the group is matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system is improved.
  • FIG. 2 shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts.
  • the receiving device can include:
  • the receiving module 201 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device
  • the extracting module 202 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from the burst received by the receiving module 201;
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After the receiving device receives the burst, it will The sequence extracted by the specified location is used as a sequence to be matched, and the training sequence selected by the transmitting device is subsequently identified according to the to-be-matched sequence.
  • the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot.
  • the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst may be Random access bursts; the receiving device may receive random access bursts respectively transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
  • the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
  • the first obtaining module 203 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst.
  • the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional
  • the training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately.
  • the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional to the GSM system is expanded to For example, the training sequence of the conventional 3 sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. .
  • only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group.
  • calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence.
  • the most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
  • the matching module 204 is configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module 202 with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module 203.
  • the receiving device may perform correlation matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the obtained conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence, respectively, and determine that the most relevant group of training sequences is the training sequence selected by the transmitting end.
  • the receiving device may perform the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) matching of the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired multiple training sequences, and determine that the training sequence with the highest SNR is selected by the transmitting end. Training sequence.
  • the first obtaining module 203 includes:
  • a first acquiring unit 203a configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
  • a second obtaining unit 203b configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance
  • the first loop unit 203c is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance;
  • the training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • devices in the system including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. .
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, all training sequences need to be acquired.
  • the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly acquired; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence ⁇ ij, only the additional
  • the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
  • the three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. 3 and 31 are acquired.
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the three sets of the most relevant sequences as the additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving module 201 is specifically configured to receive a random access burst pulse that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
  • the at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
  • the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot.
  • the two random access bursts are extracted to be matched to match, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same.
  • the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively.
  • the sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
  • the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple
  • the group training sequence is matched to solve the problem that when the number of the sending device and the receiving device in the system is too large, the known N group training sequence cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention The receiving equipment provided is selected from a sequence with good correlation. For the additional training sequence, the matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the system can increase the access capacity of the device and improve the access performance of the device.
  • the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can receive the random access burst sent by the two sending devices in the same time slot. And distinguishing the two sending devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, Improve device access performance.
  • FIG. 3 shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiving device can be used to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts.
  • the receiving device may include: a receiver 301 and a processor 302;
  • the receiver 301 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
  • the processor 302 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiver 301;
  • the processor 302 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the processor 302 is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple
  • the training sequence of the group is matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system is improved.
  • FIG. 4 shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts.
  • the receiving device may include: a receiver 401 and a processor 402;
  • the receiver 401 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
  • the processor 402 is configured to extract, from the burst received by the receiver 401, Matching sequence
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After receiving the burst, the receiving device takes the sequence extracted from the specified position as a sequence to be matched, and subsequently identifies the training sequence selected by the transmitting device according to the sequence to be matched.
  • the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot.
  • the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst may be Random access bursts; the receiving device may receive random access bursts respectively transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
  • the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
  • the processor 402 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the processor 402 is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst.
  • the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional
  • the training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately. Autocorrelation of group candidate sequences and the set of candidate sequences and conventional Cross-correlation between training sequences; Finally, additional training sequences are selected based on the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and conventional training sequences. It should be noted that the above steps of obtaining an additional training sequence can be implemented by a developer performing a simulation operation through a computer.
  • the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended.
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. .
  • only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group.
  • calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence.
  • the most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
  • the receiving device further includes: a memory 403;
  • the processor 402 is configured to obtain, from the memory 403, the pre-stored regular training sequence and the additional training sequence;
  • the processor 402 is configured to obtain, from the memory 403, the pre-stored regular training sequence;
  • the processor 402 is further configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance;
  • the training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • the devices in the system including the sending device
  • the standby and receiving devices may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, all training sequences need to be acquired.
  • the receiving device directly stores the additional training sequence, the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional one is stored.
  • the training sequence corresponds to the number of cyclic shift bits
  • the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
  • the three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. , 3 and 31 get. In practical applications, the GSM system can choose the three groups with the best correlation. At least one set of sequences in the sequence serves as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the receiver 401 is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
  • the at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
  • the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and extracts from the two random access bursts to be matched. The sequence is matched, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same.
  • the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively.
  • the sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
  • the receiving device acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple
  • the group training sequence is matched to solve the problem that when the number of the sending device and the receiving device in the system is too large, the known N group training sequence cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention The receiving device provides a sequence with a better correlation as an additional training sequence, and can ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequence after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may adopt an additional random Access burst
  • the training sequence is used for device access, so as to achieve the system capacity of the device when the device is accessed, and the device access performance is improved.
  • the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can receive two sending devices in the same time slot. Randomly access bursts, and distinguish the two transmitting devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the device System capacity at the time of access, improving device access performance.
  • FIG. 5 it is a device configuration diagram of a sending device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending device may be configured to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send it to a receiving device, where the receiving device The sequences to be matched are extracted from the bursts for matching.
  • the sending device may include: a second obtaining module 501, configured to acquire a plurality of sets of training sequences, where the multiple sets of training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is for the regular training a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting a sequence;
  • a selection module 502 configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second obtaining module 501;
  • An adding module 503, configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module 502 to a burst to be sent;
  • a sending module 504 configured to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and sends the to-be-matched sequence
  • the matching sequence is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the sending device adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving.
  • the device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system.
  • the known N training sequences cannot meet the problem of system capacity requirements, and the purpose of improving system performance is achieved.
  • FIG. 6 is a device configuration diagram of a transmitting device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending device may be configured to send the selected training sequence to the receiving device after the burst is added, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst to perform matching.
  • the sending device can include: a second acquiring module 601, configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended.
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • a selection module 602 configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second obtaining module 601;
  • An adding module 603, configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module 602 to a burst to be sent;
  • a sending module 604 configured to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and the The matching sequence is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the second obtaining module 601 includes: a third obtaining unit 601a, configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
  • a fourth obtaining unit 601b configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance
  • the second loop unit 601c is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance
  • the predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • devices in the system may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences.
  • the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional training sequence is stored.
  • the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and cyclically shift The sequence obtained later is used as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the selecting module 602 includes:
  • a first selecting unit 602a configured to randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences when the burst is a random access burst when the first access is performed;
  • a second selecting unit 602b configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when the first access is performed, select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences;
  • a third selecting unit 602c configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select one of the plurality of training sequences and the training sequence selected at the last access Different training sequences.
  • the transmitting device may randomly select one of the acquired regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
  • the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-specified one from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
  • the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed.
  • the sending device can select a different training series from the last access.
  • a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
  • the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. Sequence; if the transmitting device randomly selects a training sequence of random access bursts, the training sequence selected by the two transmitting devices may be phased At the same time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the training sequence of the random access burst different from the previous access may be selected.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively.
  • the sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
  • the sending device adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving.
  • the device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system.
  • the transmitting device selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence. The matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving extended device access.
  • FIG. 7 it is a device configuration diagram of a sending device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending device may be configured to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send the signal to a receiving device.
  • the sequences to be matched are extracted from the bursts for matching.
  • the transmitting device may include: a processor 701 and a transmitter 702;
  • the processor 701 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the processor 701 is configured to select a training sequence from the acquired plurality of training sequences, and the processor 701 is configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent.
  • the processor 701 is configured to control the transmitter 702 to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the burst from the burst Matching the sequence, and matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the sending device adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving.
  • the device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system.
  • the known N training sequences cannot meet the problem of system capacity requirements, and the purpose of improving system performance is achieved.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the transmitting device can be implemented as the sending device in the method shown in FIG. 4, and is configured to send a selected training sequence to the burst device and send the sequence to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst. match.
  • the transmitting device can include: a processor 801 and a transmitter 802;
  • the processor 801 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended.
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • the embodiment of the present invention loops the conventional training sequence to select the following three groups of the most relevant sequences: (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
  • the three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving the first, third, and 31 bits of the conventional first set of training sequences.
  • the specific method for obtaining the additional training sequence refer to the related description in the corresponding embodiment in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processor 801 is configured to select a training sequence from the acquired plurality of training sequences, and the processor 801 is configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent. ;
  • the processor 801 is configured to control the transmitter 802 to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the burst from the burst Matching the sequence, and matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the sending device further includes: a memory 803;
  • the processor 801 is configured to obtain, from the memory 803, the pre-stored regular training sequence and the additional training sequence;
  • the processor 801 is configured to obtain, from the memory 803, the pre-stored regular training sequence;
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
  • the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance
  • the predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • devices in the system may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences.
  • the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only When the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence is stored, the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a normal training sequence, and perform the normal training sequence obtained according to the number of cyclic shifts corresponding to the additional training sequence. Cyclic shift, the sequence obtained after the cyclic shift is taken as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the processor 801 is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing, randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, from the multiple groups Selecting a pre-specified set of training sequences in the training sequence;
  • the processor 801 is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select one of the plurality of training sequences and the training sequence selected during the last access Different training sequences.
  • the transmitting device may randomly select one of the acquired regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
  • the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-finger from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
  • the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed.
  • the sending device can select a different training series from the last access.
  • a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
  • the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. If the sending device randomly selects the training sequence of the random access burst, the training sequences selected by the two transmitting devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; When re-accessing, a training sequence that is different from the last access random access burst can be selected.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively.
  • the sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
  • the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving.
  • the device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system.
  • the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity.
  • the problem of the requirement is to achieve the purpose of improving the performance of the system.
  • the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence, and can ensure the matching of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence.
  • the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed and improving the access performance of the device.
  • FIG. 9 a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to an embodiment of the present invention is shown, which may be used to match an extracted sequence in a received burst.
  • the method can include:
  • Step 902 Receive a burst sent by at least one sending device, and extract a sequence to be matched from the burst.
  • Step 904 Acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the training sequence includes a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • Step 906 Match the to-be-matched sequence with the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence matching method acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired sequence from the burst.
  • the plurality of training sequences are matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method can be used to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts.
  • the training sequence matching method may include:
  • Step 1002 The receiving device receives a burst sent by at least one sending device, and extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst pulse.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After the receiving device receives the burst, it will The sequence extracted by the specified location is used as a sequence to be matched, and the training sequence selected by the transmitting device is subsequently identified according to the to-be-matched sequence.
  • the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot.
  • the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst The pulse may be a random access burst; the receiving device may receive a random access burst transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
  • the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
  • Step 1004 The receiving device acquires a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst.
  • the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional
  • the training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately.
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows: (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. .
  • only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group.
  • calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence.
  • the most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
  • the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
  • the three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving the first, third, and third bits of the conventional first set of training sequences.
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance;
  • the training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • devices in the system may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, it needs to acquire all Training sequence.
  • the receiving device directly stores the additional training sequence, the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly acquired; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence ⁇ ij, only the additional
  • the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • Step 1006 The receiving device matches the to-be-matched sequence with the obtained regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
  • the receiving device may perform correlation matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the obtained conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence, respectively, and determine that the most relevant group of training sequences is the training sequence selected by the transmitting end.
  • the receiving device may perform the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired multiple training sequences, and determine that the training sequence with the highest SNR is selected by the transmitting end. Training sequence.
  • the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and extracts from the two random access bursts to be matched. The sequence is matched, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same.
  • the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can not only access the device through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also can additionally
  • the random access burst training sequence is used for device access, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access burst sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and according to the received The training sequence carried by the random access bursts respectively distinguishes the two sending devices, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance. .
  • the training sequence matching method acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired sequence from the burst.
  • the plurality of training sequences are matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known training sequence of the group cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved.
  • the present invention The training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment, the sequence with the better correlation is used as the additional training sequence, and the matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided.
  • the receiving device and the sending device may perform device access by using an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving the access performance of the device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides Training sequence matching method, the receiving device can be connected a random access burst transmitted by two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and distinguishing the two transmitting devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing that the two transmitting devices are Multiplexing in the same time slot further expands the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improves device access performance.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may be used to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send it to a receiving device for receiving.
  • the device extracts the sequences to be matched from the bursts for matching.
  • the method may include: Step 1102: Acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the training sequence includes a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
  • Step 1104 Select a training sequence from the obtained plurality of training sequences
  • Step 1106 adding the selected training sequence to the burst to be sent;
  • Step 1108 Send the burst after the selected training sequence is sent to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst, and sets the to-be-matched sequence and the receiving device.
  • the conventional training sequence obtained and the additional training sequence are matched.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device, and the receiving device
  • the sequence to be matched is extracted from the burst, and the sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is solved.
  • the known N sets of training sequences can not meet the system capacity requirements, and achieve the purpose of improving system performance.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the training sequence matching method can be used to add a selected training sequence to the burst and send it to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst to perform matching.
  • adding a selected training sequence to a random access burst the method may include:
  • Step 1202 The sending device acquires a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended.
  • the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • the three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving 1, 3, and 31 bits, respectively, from the conventional first set of training sequences.
  • the specific method for obtaining the additional training sequence refer to the related description in step 1004 above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance
  • the predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
  • devices in the system may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences.
  • the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional training sequence is stored.
  • the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and cyclically shift The sequence obtained later is used as the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added.
  • This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence.
  • the additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored.
  • the transmitting device When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
  • Step 1204 The sending device selects a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences; wherein, the sending device may randomly select one of the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified one. Training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
  • the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-finger from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
  • the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
  • the sending device when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed.
  • the sending device can select a different training series from the last access.
  • a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
  • the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station.
  • the two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. If the sending device randomly selects the training sequence of the random access burst, the training sequences selected by the two transmitting devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; When re-accessing, a training sequence that is different from the last access random access burst can be selected.
  • Step 1206 the sending device adds the selected training sequence to the burst to be sent; when the generating device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the specified position in the burst, and the A burst is sent to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device may use the sequence extracted from the specified location as a sequence to be matched, and subsequently identify the training sequence selected by the transmitting device according to the to-be-matched sequence.
  • Step 1208 the sending device sends the burst pulse after adding the selected training sequence to the receiving device.
  • the receiving device may extract a sequence to be matched from the burst, and match the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access burst sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, from the random access burst.
  • the sequences to be matched are extracted for matching, and the training sequences selected by the two sending devices are determined, and the two transmitting devices are distinguished according to the training sequences selected by the two sending devices respectively.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device do not Device access can only be performed through a conventional random access burst training sequence, and device access can also be performed through an additional random access burst training sequence, and the transmitting device can use the additional random access burst to Carrying additional channel request information channel request, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, to achieve the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving the access performance of the device;
  • the receiving device can receive two The random access bursts sent by the sending device in the same time slot, and the two transmitting devices are differentiated according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, so that the two transmitting devices are in the same
  • the multiplexing in the time slot further expands the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improves the access performance of the device.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device, and the receiving device
  • the sequence to be matched is extracted from the burst, and the sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is solved.
  • the known training sequence of the ⁇ group can not meet the requirements of the system capacity, and the system performance is improved.
  • the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence. The training sequence matching method can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device connection by using an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device connection by using an additional random access burst training sequence.
  • Improve the access performance of the device Referring to Figure 13, there is shown a system configuration diagram of a training sequence matching system provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the system can include:
  • the training sequence matching system selects a set of training sequences from a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence to be added to a burst by a transmitting device, and sends the burst to the receiving.
  • the device, the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst, and matches the to-be-matched sequence with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, thereby solving the sending device in the system.
  • the training sequence matching system provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation.
  • the receiving device and the transmitting device can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the system capacity when the device is extended, and improving the access performance of the device.
  • the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and respectively carry according to the received random access bursts.
  • the training sequence distinguishes the two sending devices to implement multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
  • FIG. 14 which is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence.
  • the device can include:
  • a loop module 1401, configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences
  • a first calculation module 1402 configured to calculate an auto-correlation of the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1401;
  • the second calculating module 1403 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1401 and the regular training sequence; and the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences acquires an additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence.
  • the cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences.
  • FIG. 15 shows a device structure diagram of a training sequence acquisition device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence.
  • the apparatus can include: a looping module 1501 for cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
  • a first calculating module 1502 configured to calculate a self-phase of the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1501 Relevant
  • the second calculating module 1503 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1501 and the regular training sequence; and the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences acquires an additional training sequence.
  • the loop module 1501 includes:
  • the first loop unit 1501a is configured to cyclically shift the N sets of the conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • the TSC is the conventional training sequence!
  • M is the sequence number of the conventional training sequence
  • K m M-l m is an integer, and N is a positive integer;
  • the second calculating module 1503 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the loop module 1501 further includes:
  • the selecting unit 1501b is configured to select at least one of the N groups of the regular training sequences as a basic sequence
  • the second loop unit 1501c is configured to cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • TSC is the base sequence
  • M is a sequence number of the base sequence
  • l m M-l a prime number
  • N is a positive integer
  • the second calculating module 1503 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst. Matching with a conventional training sequence, and judging according to the matching result, the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences ⁇ l.
  • the cross-correlation between the conventional sets of training sequences is required to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the conventional training sequence is to be expanded to add an additional training sequence, the cross-correlation between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
  • the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
  • the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is a regular training sequence
  • M is the sequence number of a conventional training sequence
  • the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1 ⁇ 40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is the base sequence
  • M is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • l m M-l is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • m is a prime number
  • N is a positive integer
  • the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence. Wherein, when at least one of the conventional training sequences is selected as the basic sequence, the random selection may be randomly selected.
  • a group of the N sets of conventional training sequences may also select the group with the best correlation among the N sets of regular training sequences.
  • the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1 ⁇ M-1 digits, and calculate each group.
  • the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift
  • the set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
  • the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence.
  • the possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
  • the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts are as follows:
  • the training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce the hardware resource requirements, and save the calculation time while ensuring that the obtained candidate sequences have sufficiently good correlation.
  • the training sequence acquiring device needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequence and each sequence in the regular training sequence of the group.
  • the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated.
  • the cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
  • the obtaining module 1504 includes:
  • a first detecting unit 1504a configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition
  • a first acquiring unit 1504b configured to: if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, use the candidate sequence Obtained as the additional training sequence
  • the first predetermined condition includes:
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold ;
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the difference in the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences are greater than a difference threshold.
  • the obtaining module 1504 further includes:
  • a second detecting unit 1504c configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition
  • a second acquiring unit 1504d configured to: if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, use the candidate sequence Obtained as the additional training sequence
  • the second predetermined condition includes:
  • the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group C-bit; a, b and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence;
  • the first sequence group is to treat the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation a sequence of sequences obtained in a small order;
  • the second sequence group is a sequence obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in a small to large order according to a maximum value of cross-correlation between each of the N sets of conventional training sequences. ⁇ 'J group;
  • the third sequence group is a difference between a maximum value of a cross-correlation between the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation and respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the sequence groups obtained are arranged in a large to small order.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The difference between the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group
  • the first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
  • the first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation;
  • the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large;
  • the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and
  • the sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
  • the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence.
  • the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits.
  • Cyclic shifting obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculating the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective After the autocorrelation, the training sequence whose autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold may be obtained as an additional Or the training sequence obtaining means may obtain an additional sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold.
  • the training sequence obtaining device may also have an autocorrelation greater than a first correlation threshold, and a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in each of the conventional three training sequences is less than a second correlation threshold, and The candidate sequences whose correlation and the maximum value of the correlation between the correlations between the respective sequences of the conventional three sets of training sequences are greater than the difference threshold are acquired as additional training sequences.
  • the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and obtain the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequences.
  • the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. After cyclic shifting, 12 sets of candidate sequences are obtained, and after the 12 sets of candidates are respectively calculated, the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively in accordance with their respective autocorrelations, and each of them is in a conventional three-group training sequence.
  • the maximum value of the correlation between the individual sequences is small to large, and the difference between the respective autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective three sets of training sequences is from large to small.
  • the order is arranged to obtain three sequence groups.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group.
  • the first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
  • the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a are not specifically limited.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is only extended by using the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to other types of training sequences in the same system or training sequences that require high correlation in different systems. The scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. Obtaining an additional training sequence with the conventional training sequence, and selecting a well-correlated sequence as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence;
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains an alternative sequence by selecting at least one group from the normal N sets of training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shifting the base sequence according to the prime digits. While the sequence has a sufficiently good correlation, it can reduce the calculation steps, reduce hardware resource requirements, and save computing time. Referring to FIG.
  • the apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence.
  • the apparatus may include: at least one I/O interface 001, at least one processor 002, such as a CPU, a memory 003, and a display 004; the memory 003 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory) ), such as at least one disk storage.
  • the memory 003 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 002.
  • memory 003 stores the following elements, modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
  • Operating system 0031 which contains various programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks;
  • the application module 0032 includes one or a combination of the following modules: a loop module, a first calculation module, a second calculation module, and an acquisition module.
  • the function of the above module may refer to the device structure diagram shown in FIG. The description of the part is not repeated here.
  • the processor 002 is connected to the memory 003;
  • the I/O interface 001 is connected to the processor 002 and the memory 003, and the other end is connected to the display 004;
  • the processor 002 is configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences
  • the processor 002 is configured to calculate an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence
  • the processor 002 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the regular training sequence; and obtain a further training sequence by cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence.
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence.
  • the cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing the structure of the training sequence acquiring apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence.
  • the apparatus may include: at least one I/O interface 005, at least one processor 006, such as a CPU, memory 007, and display 008; the memory 007 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-unstable memory, such as at least one disk. Memory.
  • the memory 007 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 006. In some embodiments, memory 007 stores the following elements, modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
  • Operating system 0071 which contains various programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks;
  • the application module 0072 includes one or a combination of the following modules: a loop module, a first calculation module, a second calculation module, and an acquisition module.
  • the function of the above module may refer to the description part of the device structure diagram shown in FIG. Narration.
  • the processor 006 is connected to the memory 007; the I/O interface 005 is connected to the processor 006 and the memory 007, and the other end is connected to the display 008;
  • the processor 006 is configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one candidate sequence;
  • the processor 006 is configured to calculate an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence
  • the processor 006 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the regular training sequence; and obtain a further training sequence by cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence.
  • the processor 006 is configured to cyclically shift the N sets of the regular training sequences according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • the TSC is the conventional training sequence!
  • M is the sequence number of the conventional training sequence
  • K m M-l is an integer
  • N is a positive integer
  • the processor 006 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the processor 006 is further configured to select at least one of the N sets of the regular training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain the at least one candidate sequence. :
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is the base sequence
  • M is a sequence number of the base sequence
  • l m M-l a prime number
  • N is a positive integer
  • the processor 006 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst.
  • Matching with the conventional training sequence according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences.
  • the cross-correlation between the regular training sequences is required. As small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the conventional training sequence is to be expanded to add an additional training sequence, the cross-correlation between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
  • the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
  • the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is a conventional training sequence
  • M is a sequence number of a conventional training sequence
  • l m ⁇ M-1 is an integer
  • N is a positive integer
  • the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1 ⁇ 40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is the base sequence
  • M is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • l m M-l is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • m is a prime number
  • N is a positive integer
  • the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence.
  • the random selection may be randomly selected.
  • a group of the N sets of regular training sequences may also select the group with the best correlation among the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1 ⁇ M-1 digits, and calculate each group.
  • the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift
  • the set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
  • the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence.
  • the possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
  • the training sequence of the three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
  • the training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence. The 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, and 37 positions were cyclically shifted, and 12 sets of alternative sequences were obtained.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention ensures that the obtained candidate sequence has a foot.
  • the correlation is good enough, the calculation steps can be further reduced, the hardware resource requirements are reduced, and the calculation time is saved.
  • the training sequence obtaining means needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequences and the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated.
  • the cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
  • the processor 006 is configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence
  • the first predetermined condition comprises:
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold And/or, the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the difference in the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
  • the processor 006 is further configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training a sequence; wherein, the second predetermined condition comprises:
  • the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group C-bit; a, b and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence;
  • the first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in descending order of respective autocorrelation;
  • the second sequence group is a sequence obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in a small to large order according to a maximum value of cross-correlation between each of the N sets of conventional training sequences. ⁇ 'J group;
  • the third sequence group is a difference between a maximum value of a cross-correlation between the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation and respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the sequence groups obtained are arranged in a large to small order.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The difference between the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group
  • the first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
  • the first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation;
  • the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large;
  • the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and
  • the sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
  • the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence.
  • the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits.
  • Cyclic shift obtain 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculate the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective autocorrelation, respectively, the autocorrelation can be greater than a first correlation threshold, and a training sequence having a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence that is smaller than the second correlation threshold is acquired as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may An alternative sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may also The autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three training sequences An alternative sequence that is less than the second correlation threshold and that differs from the maximum of the correlation between the autocorrelation and the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold
  • the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and obtain the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequences.
  • the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. After cyclic shifting, 12 sets of candidate sequences are obtained, and after the 12 sets of candidates are respectively calculated, the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively in accordance with their respective autocorrelations, and each of them is in a conventional three-group training sequence.
  • the maximum value of the correlation between the individual sequences is small to large, and the difference between the respective autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective three sets of training sequences is from large to small.
  • the order is arranged to obtain three sequence groups.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group.
  • the first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
  • the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a are not specifically limited.
  • the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention only uses three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional to the GSM system.
  • the training sequence is extended for example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of the present invention are also applicable.
  • the scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. Obtaining an additional training sequence with the conventional training sequence, and selecting a well-correlated sequence as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence;
  • the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains an alternative sequence by selecting at least one group from the normal N sets of training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shifting the base sequence according to the prime digits. While the sequence has a sufficiently good correlation, it can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce hardware resource requirements, and save computing time.
  • FIG. 18 shows a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • This method can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment a conventional training sequence.
  • the method can include:
  • Step 1802 cyclically shifting a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
  • Step 1804 calculating an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence;
  • Step 1806 calculating a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and a conventional training sequence; Step 1808, obtaining an extra according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence Training sequence.
  • the training sequence acquisition method obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence.
  • the cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention. For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended.
  • the training sequence acquisition method may include:
  • Step 1902 the training sequence acquiring device cyclically shifts the regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences
  • the communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence.
  • the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors.
  • the sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst.
  • Matching with the conventional training sequence it is judged according to the matching result which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. To make the accuracy of the judgment high enough, the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences is as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
  • the interrelationship between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
  • the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence.
  • the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
  • the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ , S ), m)
  • TSC is a conventional training sequence
  • M is a sequence number of a conventional training sequence
  • l m ⁇ M-1 is an integer
  • N is a positive integer
  • the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1 ⁇ 40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidates Column:
  • Circshift(n, m) circshift((5., , ⁇ ) , m)
  • TSC is the base sequence
  • M is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • l m M-l is the sequence number of the base sequence
  • m is a prime number
  • N is a positive integer
  • the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence.
  • one of the N normal training sequences may be randomly selected, or the most relevant one of the N normal training sequences may be selected.
  • the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1 ⁇ M-1 digits, and calculate each group.
  • the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift
  • the set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
  • the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence.
  • the possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
  • the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts are as follows:
  • the training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence. The 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, and 37 positions were cyclically shifted, and 12 sets of alternative sequences were obtained.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce the hardware resource requirements, and save the calculation time while ensuring that the obtained candidate sequences have sufficient correlation.
  • Step 1904 the training sequence obtaining device calculates an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and a conventional training sequence
  • the training sequence obtaining means needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequences and the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
  • the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated.
  • the cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
  • Step 1906 the training sequence acquisition device acquires an additional training sequence according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
  • the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence and each sequence in the N sets of conventional training sequences The difference between the maximum values of the correlations is greater than the difference threshold.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group
  • the first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
  • the first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation;
  • the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large;
  • the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and
  • the sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
  • the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence.
  • the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits.
  • Cyclic shift obtain 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculate the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective autocorrelation, respectively, the autocorrelation can be greater than a first correlation threshold, and a training sequence having a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence that is smaller than the second correlation threshold is acquired as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may An alternative sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may also The autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence is smaller than the second phase. Threshold, and the difference from the correlation between the correlation maximum value and 3 conventional set of training sequences each sequence is greater than the difference threshold candidate sequences acquired as additional training
  • the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and acquire the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequence.
  • the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits.
  • the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively changed from large to small according to their respective autocorrelations, and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective groups of the conventional three sets of training sequences is small to large, and the respective selfs.
  • the correlation and the difference between the respective maximum values of the correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional three sets of training sequences are arranged in descending order, and three sequence groups are obtained.
  • the training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group
  • the first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
  • the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a are not specifically limited.
  • the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is only extended by using the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to other types of training sequences in the same system or training sequences that require high correlation in different systems. The scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
  • the training sequence acquisition method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is performed by using a conventional training sequence.
  • the column is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences, and an additional training sequence is obtained according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence, and the correlation is selected.
  • a good sequence is used as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after the additional training sequence is extended.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects at least one group from the conventional N group training sequences. As the basic sequence, the base sequence is cyclically shifted by the prime digits to obtain the candidate sequence.

Abstract

Embodiments of the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications. Provided are a receiving device, a sending device, a training sequence matching method, and a system. The receiving device comprises: a receiving module, used for receiving a burst pulse sent by at least one sending device; an extracting module, used for extracting a to-be-matched sequence from the burst pulse received by the receiving module; a first obtaining module, used for obtaining a general training sequence and an extra training sequence; and a matching module, used for matching the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extracting module and the training sequences obtained by the first obtaining module. By obtaining a general training sequence and an extra training sequence and matching a to-be-matched sequence extracted from the burst pulse with the obtained training sequences, the present invention solves the problem that the general training sequence cannot meet the demand of a system capacity when the number of sending devices and receiving devices in a system is excessively great, thereby achieving the objective of improving the system performance.

Description

接收设备、 发送设备、 训练序列匹配方法及系统 技术领域  Receiving device, transmitting device, training sequence matching method and system
本发明涉及无线通信领域, 特别涉及一种接收设备、 发送设备、 训练序列 匹配方法及系统。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a receiving device, a transmitting device, a training sequence matching method, and a system. Background technique
训练序列是一串已知序列, 用于供均衡器产生信道模型。 在无线通信系统 中,接收设备从接收到的数据中提取预定位数的序列并与已知的训练序列进行 匹配, 以确定发送设备所选用的训练序列。  The training sequence is a sequence of known sequences used by the equalizer to generate a channel model. In a wireless communication system, a receiving device extracts a sequence of predetermined bits from the received data and matches a known training sequence to determine a training sequence selected by the transmitting device.
现有的训练序列匹配方法中,发送设备和接收设备共知 N组训练序列。发 送设备选择已知的该 N组训练序列中的一组添加在待发送的数据中的预定位 置, 并将添加训练序列后的数据发送给接收设备。 接收设备接收到该数据后, 从预定位置提取出待匹配序列,并将提取出的待匹配序列与已知的该 N组训练 序列进行相关性或者信噪比匹配,根据匹配结果确定发送设备添加在该数据中 的训练序列具体为哪一组, 并根据匹配结果进行后续操作, 比如, 根据匹配结 果区分不同的发送设备。  In the existing training sequence matching method, the transmitting device and the receiving device share a common N group training sequence. The transmitting device selects a set of the known N sets of training sequences to be added to a predetermined position in the data to be transmitted, and transmits the data after the training sequence is added to the receiving device. After receiving the data, the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the predetermined location, and matches the extracted sequence to be matched with the known N-group training sequence for correlation or signal-to-noise ratio, and determines that the sending device adds according to the matching result. Which group of training sequences is specifically in the data, and subsequent operations are performed according to the matching result, for example, different transmitting devices are distinguished according to the matching result.
在实现本发明的过程中, 发明人发现现有技术至少存在以下问题: 现有的训练序列匹配方法中,发送设备只能选用已知的 N组训练序列中的 一组, 接收设备也只能将提取出的待匹配序列与已知的 N组训练序列进行匹 配, 当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满 足系统容量的需求, 系统性能较低。 发明内容  In the process of implementing the present invention, the inventor has found that at least the following problems exist in the prior art: In the existing training sequence matching method, the transmitting device can only select one of the known N training sequences, and the receiving device can only The extracted sequence to be matched is matched with the known N training sequences. When the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is low. Summary of the invention
为了解决现有技术中当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 本发明实施例提供了一种接收 设备、 发送设备、 训练序列匹配方法及系统。 所述技术方案如下:  In order to solve the problem that the known N sets of training sequences cannot meet the requirements of the system capacity when the number of the sending devices and the receiving devices in the system is too large in the prior art, the embodiment of the present invention provides a receiving device, a sending device, and a training. Sequence matching method and system. The technical solution is as follows:
第一方面, 提供了一种接收设备, 所述接收设备包括:  In a first aspect, a receiving device is provided, where the receiving device includes:
接收模块, 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖; 提取模块, 用于从所述接收模块接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列; 第一获取模块, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训 练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行 循环移位获得的序列; a receiving module, configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device; An extraction module, configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiving module; a first acquiring module, configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional a training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
匹配模块, 用于将所述提取模块提取到的待匹配序列与所述第一获取模块 获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列进行匹配。  And a matching module, configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module.
在第一方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the first aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第一方面的第二种 可能实现方式中,  In conjunction with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述接收模块, 用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别 发送的随机接入突发脉沖;  The receiving module is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设 备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。  The at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
结合第一方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述第一获取模块, 包括:  With reference to the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first acquiring module includes:
第一获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训 练序列;  a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
第二获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列;  a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance;
第一循环单元, 用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位 数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  And a first loop unit, configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
第二方面, 提供了一种接收设备, 所述接收设备包括: 接收机和处理器; 所述接收机, 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖;  A second aspect provides a receiving device, where the receiving device includes: a receiver and a processor; and the receiver is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device;
所述处理器, 用于从所述接收机接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列; 所述处理器, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循 环移位获得的序列; The processor is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiver, where the processor is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include conventional training a sequence and an additional training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
所述处理器,还用于将所述待匹配序列与所述常规的训练序列和所述额外 的训练序列进行匹配。  The processor is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
在第二方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the second aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第二方面的第三种 可能实现方式中,  In conjunction with the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述接收机, 用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别发 送的随机接入突发脉沖;  The receiver is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设 备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。  The at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
结合第二方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述接收设备还包括: 存储器; 所述额外的训练序列; 所述处理器, 还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位 数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the receiving device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; the processor is further configured to: The conventional training sequence stored in advance is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
第三方面, 提供了一种发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述发送设备包括: 第二获取模块, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训 练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行 循环移位获得的序列;  A third aspect provides a sending device, where the sending device includes: a second acquiring module, configured to acquire multiple training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence. The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
选择模块, 用于从所述第二获取模块获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一 组训练序列; 添加模块, 用于将所述选择模块选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突 发脉沖中; 收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹 配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。 a selection module, configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second acquiring module; a adding module, configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module to a burst to be sent, and a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and The sequence to be matched is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
在第三方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the third aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1
0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第三方面的第二种 可能实现方式中, 所述选择模块, 包括:  With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the selecting module includes:
第一选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖 时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列;  a first selecting unit, configured to randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing;
第二选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖 时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列;  a second selecting unit, configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when accessing the first time, select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences;
第三选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖 时,从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的 训练序列。  a third selecting unit, configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select a group from the plurality of training sequences different from a training sequence selected in a previous access Training sequence.
结合第三方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述第二获取模块, 包括:  With reference to the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second acquiring module includes:
第三获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训 练序列;  a third obtaining unit, configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
第四获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列;  a fourth acquiring unit, configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance;
第二循环单元, 用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位 数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  And a second looping unit, configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
第四方面, 提供了一种发送设备, 所述发送设备包括: 处理器和发射机; 所述处理器, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循 环移位获得的序列; A fourth aspect provides a sending device, where the sending device includes: a processor and a transmitter; the processor, configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include conventional training a sequence and an additional training sequence, the additional training sequence being a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
所述处理器, 用于从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; 所述处理器, 用于将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中; 所述处理器, 用于控制所述发射机将添加有选择出的所述训练序列的所述 突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序 列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训 练序列进行匹配。  The processor is configured to select a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences; the processor, configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent; a processor, configured to control, by the transmitter, the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to be sent to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, And matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
在第四方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第四方面或者第四方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第四方面的第二种 可能实现方式中,  With reference to the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述处理器, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从所述多组训练序列中 选择预先指定的一组训练序列;  The processor is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing, randomly select a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, from the multiple training Selecting a pre-specified set of training sequences in the sequence;
所述处理器, 用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训 练序列。  The processor, configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select a group from the plurality of training sequences different from a training sequence selected during a previous access Training sequence.
结合第四方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述发送设备还包括: 存储器; 所述额外的训练序列; 所述处理器, 还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位 数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 第五方面, 提供了一种训练序列匹配方法, 所述方法包括: With reference to the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; the processor is further configured to: The conventional training sequence stored in advance is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence. In a fifth aspect, a training sequence matching method is provided, where the method includes:
接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖,从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配 序列;  Receiving a burst sent by at least one transmitting device, and extracting a sequence to be matched from the burst;
获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额外的训练 序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 歹' J ;  Acquiring a plurality of sets of training sequences, the plurality of sets of training sequences comprising a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence, wherein the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
将所述待匹配序列与获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序 列进行匹配。  The sequence to be matched is matched with the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
在第五方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第五方面的第二种 可能实现方式中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括第一发送设备和第二发送设备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖;  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the at least one sending device includes a first sending device and a second sending device, where the burst The pulse is a random access burst;
所述接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖, 包括:  The receiving the burst sent by the at least one sending device includes:
接收所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随 机接入突发脉沖。  Receiving random access bursts respectively sent by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
结合第五方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述获取多组训练序列, 包括:  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the acquiring the multiple training sequences includes:
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列;  Obtaining the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
或者,  Or,
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; 将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列 循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  Acquiring the conventional training sequence stored in advance; cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence stored in advance by a predetermined number of bits, and acquiring the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
第六方面, 提供了一种训练序列匹配方法, 所述方法包括:  In a sixth aspect, a training sequence matching method is provided, where the method includes:
获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额外的训练 序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 歹' J ; Acquiring a plurality of sets of training sequences, the plurality of sets of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, wherein the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence 歹'J;
从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列;  Selecting a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences;
将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中; 接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接 收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。  Adding the selected training sequence to the burst to be sent; the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and compares the sequence to be matched with the conventional acquired by the receiving device The training sequence is matched with additional training sequences.
在第六方面的第一种可能实现方式中, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组 序列中的至少一组:  In a first possible implementation of the sixth aspect, the additional training sequence comprises at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
结合第六方面或者第六方面的第一种可能实现方式,在第六方面的第二种 可能实现方式中,  With reference to the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 所述从获取到的所 述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列, 包括:  When the burst is a random access burst at the time of the first access, the selecting a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences includes:
从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从所述多组训练序 列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列;  Selecting a set of training sequences randomly from the plurality of sets of training sequences; or selecting a pre-specified set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences;
当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 所述从获取到的所 述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列, 包括:  When the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, the selecting a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences includes:
从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同 的训练序列。  A training sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access is selected from the plurality of sets of training sequences.
结合第六方面的第二种可能实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能实现方式 中, 所述获取多组训练序列, 包括:  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the acquiring the multiple training sequences includes:
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列;  Obtaining the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
或者,  Or,
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; 将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列 循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  Acquiring the conventional training sequence stored in advance; cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence stored in advance by a predetermined number of bits, and acquiring the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
第七方面, 提供了一种训练序列匹配系统, 所述系统包括: 如上述第一方面或者第二方面所述的接收设备以及至少一个如上述第三 方面或者第四方面所述的发送设备。 In a seventh aspect, a training sequence matching system is provided, where the system includes: A receiving device according to the above first or second aspect, and at least one transmitting device according to the above third or fourth aspect.
本发明实施例提供的技术方案的有益效果是:  The beneficial effects of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention are:
通过获取包括常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从 突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列与获取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当 系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统 容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的。 附图说明  By acquiring a plurality of sets of training sequences including a conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence, and matching the sequence to be matched extracted from the burst with the obtained plurality of training sequences, the transmitting device in the system is solved. When the number of receiving devices is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirements, and the system performance is improved. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案, 下面将对实施例描述中所 需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明 的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention. Other drawings may also be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the inventive work.
图 1是本发明一个实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图;  1 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2是本发明另一实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图;  2 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 3是本发明又一个实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图;  3 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
图 4是本发明再一实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图;  4 is a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention;
图 5是本发明一个实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device of a sending device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 6是本发明另一实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图;  6 is a device configuration diagram of a transmitting device according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 7是本发明又一个实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图;  FIG. 7 is a structural diagram of a device of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 8是本发明再一实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图;  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 9是本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图; 图 10是本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图; 图 11是本发明又一个实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图; 图 12是本发明再一实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图; 图 13是本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统的系统构成图; 图 14是本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图; 图 15是本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图; 图 16是本发明又一个实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图; 图 17是本发明再一实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图; 图 18是本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列获取方法的方法流程图; 图 19是本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列获取方法的方法流程图。 具体实施方式 9 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for training a training sequence matching method according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 13 is a system configuration diagram of a training sequence matching system according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 15 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 16 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 16 is a training sequence according to still another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合附图对本发明 实施方式作进一步地详细描述。 请参见图 1 , 其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图。 该接收设备可以用于对接收到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。 该接收 设备可以包括:  The embodiments of the present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Referring to FIG. 1 , a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to an embodiment of the present invention is shown. The receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts. The receiving device can include:
接收模块 101 , 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖;  The receiving module 101 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
提取模块 102, 用于从所述接收模块 101接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹 配序列;  The extracting module 102 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from the burst received by the receiving module 101;
第一获取模块 103 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规 的训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列 进行循环移位获得的序列;  The first obtaining module 103 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
匹配模块 104 , 用于将所述提取模块 102提取到的待匹配序列与所述第一 获取模块 103获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The matching module 104 is configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module 102 with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module 103.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 通过获取包括常规的训练序列 和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列与获 取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量 过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统 生能的目的。 为了对上述图 1所示的接收设备做进一步的描述, 请参见图 2, 其示出了 本发明另一实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图。该接收设备可以用于对接收 到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。 该接收设备可以包括:  In summary, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple The training sequence of the group is matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system is improved. In order to further describe the receiving device shown in FIG. 1 above, please refer to FIG. 2, which shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts. The receiving device can include:
接收模块 201 , 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖;  The receiving module 201 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device;
提取模块 202, 用于从所述接收模块 201接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹 配序列;  The extracting module 202 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from the burst received by the receiving module 201;
发送设备在生成突发脉沖时, 将选定的训练序列添加到突发脉沖中的指定 位置, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设备。 接收设备接收到该突发脉沖后, 将从 该指定位置提取出的序列作为待匹配序列,后续根据该待匹配序列识别发送设 备所选定的训练序列。 When the transmitting device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After the receiving device receives the burst, it will The sequence extracted by the specified location is used as a sequence to be matched, and the training sequence selected by the transmitting device is subsequently identified according to the to-be-matched sequence.
本发明实施例中,接收设备可以接收多个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的突 发脉沖, 比如, 该至少一个发送设备可以包括第一发送设备和第二发送设备, 该突发脉沖可以为随机接入突发脉沖;接收设备可以接收第一发送设备和第二 发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot. For example, the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst may be Random access bursts; the receiving device may receive random access bursts respectively transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
具体的, 以 GSM系统中的设备接入为例, 发送设备为移动终端, 接收设 备为基站。 当发送设备需要接入网络时, 选择一组训练序列并添加在随机接入 突发脉沖中, 并在某一时隙将该随机接入突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 接收设备 可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  Specifically, the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. When the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
第一获取模块 203 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规 的训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列 进行循环移位获得的序列;  The first obtaining module 203 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列; 下面首先介绍一下该额外的训练序列的获得方法:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列通常不一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收到的 突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断发送 设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序列。 若 要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要各组训练序列之间的互相关性尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。  The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. At this time, the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional The training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
为了在扩充额外的训练序列之后能够保证训练序列的匹配准确性,在获取 额外的训练序列时, 首先, 对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备 选序列; 其次, 分别计算该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选序列与常规的 训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 根据该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选 序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性选取额外的训练序列。 需要说明的是, 上述获取额外的训练序列的步骤可以由开发人员通过计算机进行仿真运算来 实现。  In order to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence, when acquiring the additional training sequence, first, the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately. The autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence; finally, based on the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the set of candidate sequences and conventional training sequences Inter-correlation selects additional training sequences. It should be noted that the above steps of obtaining an additional training sequence can be implemented by a developer performing a simulation operation through a computer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下: The training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional to the GSM system is expanded to For example, the training sequence of the conventional 3 sets of random access bursts is as follows:
(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0); 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
在获取额外的训练序列时, 可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序 列进行循环移位,循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40,—共获得 120组备选序列。 或者, 也可以只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并 对基础序列进行循环移位获得备选序列组。 随后, 计算该组备选序列的自相关 性以及该组备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 选择备选序列 组中相关性最好的序列作为额外的训练序列,相关性最好的序列指的是自相关 性大, 且与常规的训练序列互相关性小的序列。  When acquiring an additional training sequence, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. . Alternatively, only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group. Subsequently, calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence; finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence, The most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
匹配模块 204 , 用于将所述提取模块 202提取到的待匹配序列与所述第一 获取模块 203获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The matching module 204 is configured to match the to-be-matched sequence extracted by the extraction module 202 with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquiring module 203.
具体的,接收设备可以将该待匹配序列与获取到的常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列分别进行相关性匹配, 并确定相关性最高的一组训练序列为发送端 所选定的训练序列。 或者, 接收设备也可以将该待匹配序列与获取到的多组训 练序列分别进行 SNR ( Signal to Noise Ratio , 信噪比)匹配, 并确定 SNR最高 的一组训练序列为发送端所选定的训练序列。  Specifically, the receiving device may perform correlation matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the obtained conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence, respectively, and determine that the most relevant group of training sequences is the training sequence selected by the transmitting end. Alternatively, the receiving device may perform the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) matching of the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired multiple training sequences, and determine that the training sequence with the highest SNR is selected by the transmitting end. Training sequence.
其中, 所述第一获取模块 203 , 包括:  The first obtaining module 203 includes:
第一获取单元 203a,用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外 的训练序列;  a first acquiring unit 203a, configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
第二获取单元 203b, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列;  a second obtaining unit 203b, configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance;
第一循环单元 203c,用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定 位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  The first loop unit 203c is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
另外, 接收设备在进行序列匹配时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序 列和该额外的训练序列; 或者, 接收设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练 序列; 将预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序 列获取为该额外的训练序列。 具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 需要获取所有 的训练序列。 当接收设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规 的训练序列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当接收设备中未存储该额外的训练序 歹 ij , 而只是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时, 接收设备可以 首选获取常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对 应的循环移位的位数进行循环移位,将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训 练序列。 In addition, the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; The training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence. Specifically, when an additional training sequence is extended in the system, devices in the system, including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. . When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, all training sequences need to be acquired. When the receiving device directly stores the additional training sequence, the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly acquired; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence 歹 ij, only the additional When the training sequence corresponds to the number of cyclic shift bits, the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得。 接 收设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的标识以及 循环移位的位数 1。 接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit. The additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
此外, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  Additionally, the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1
0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 本发明实施例通过 上述方法选择出下列三组相关性最好的序列:  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。 在实际应用中, GSM系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的 序列中的至少一组序列作为额外的训练序列,接收设备和发送设备共知该额外 的训练序列。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); the three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. 3 and 31 are acquired. In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the three sets of the most relevant sequences as the additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另外, 所述接收模块 201 , 具体用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在 同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖;  In addition, the receiving module 201 is specifically configured to receive a random access burst pulse that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设 备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。  The at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
以 GSM ( Global System for Mobile Communications , 全球移动通信系统) 系统中的设备接入为例, 接收设备接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送 的两个随机接入突发脉沖后, 从该两个随机接入突发脉沖中提取待匹配序列 进行匹配, 确定该两个随机接入突发脉沖中选用的训练序列, 并用确定的训 练序列来对该两个发送设备进行区分。 需要说明的是, 此处发送设备选用的 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备指定的训练序列, 也可以是发 送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选择随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相同, 此时, 该两个发送设 备接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可以选择与上一次接入不 同的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。  Taking the device access in the GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) system as an example, the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot. The two random access bursts are extracted to be matched to match, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices. It should be noted that the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
本发明实施例所示的方案中, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不仅可以通过 常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外的随机接入 突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机接入突发脉 沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request, 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型 标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性 能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随 机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练序列对该 两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复用, 进一步 扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。  In the solution shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence. The device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed. To improve the access performance of the device; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively. The sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 通过获取包括常规的训练序列 和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列与获 取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量 过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统 性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 选用相关性较好的序列作 为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练序列的匹配准确 性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 可以通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖 训练序列进行设备接入, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入 性能的目的; 最后, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 可以接收两个发送设备在 同一时隙内发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别 携带的训练序列对该两个发送设备进行区分,从而实现两个发送设备在同一时 隙内的复用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。 请参见图 3 , 其示出了本发明又一实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图。 该接收设备可以用于当对接收到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。该接 收设备可以包括: 接收机 301和处理器 302; In summary, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple The group training sequence is matched to solve the problem that when the number of the sending device and the receiving device in the system is too large, the known N group training sequence cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved. Second, the embodiment of the present invention The receiving equipment provided is selected from a sequence with good correlation. For the additional training sequence, the matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence. Therefore, the system can increase the access capacity of the device and improve the access performance of the device. Finally, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can receive the random access burst sent by the two sending devices in the same time slot. And distinguishing the two sending devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, Improve device access performance. Referring to FIG. 3, it shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The receiving device can be used to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts. The receiving device may include: a receiver 301 and a processor 302;
所述接收机 301 , 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖;  The receiver 301 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
所述处理器 302, 用于从所述接收机 301接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹 配序列;  The processor 302 is configured to extract a sequence to be matched from a burst received by the receiver 301;
所述处理器 302, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进 行循环移位获得的序列;  The processor 302 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
所述处理器 302, 还用于将所述待匹配序列与所述常规的训练序列和所述 额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The processor 302 is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 通过获取包括常规的训练序列 和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列与获 取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量 过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统 生能的目的。 为了对上述图 3所示的接收设备做进一步的描述, 请参见图 4, 其示出了 本发明再一实施例提供的接收设备的设备构成图。该接收设备可以用于对接收 到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。 该接收设备可以包括: 接收机 401 和处理器 402;  In summary, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple The training sequence of the group is matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system is improved. In order to further describe the receiving device shown in FIG. 3, reference is made to FIG. 4, which shows a device configuration diagram of a receiving device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The receiving device can be configured to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts. The receiving device may include: a receiver 401 and a processor 402;
所述接收机 401 , 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖;  The receiver 401 is configured to receive a burst sent by at least one sending device.
所述处理器 402 , 用于从所述接收机 401接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹 配序列; The processor 402 is configured to extract, from the burst received by the receiver 401, Matching sequence
发送设备在生成突发脉沖时, 将选定的训练序列添加到突发脉沖中的指定 位置, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设备。 接收设备接收到该突发脉沖后, 将从 该指定位置提取出的序列作为待匹配序列,后续根据该待匹配序列识别发送设 备所选定的训练序列。  When the transmitting device generates a burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After receiving the burst, the receiving device takes the sequence extracted from the specified position as a sequence to be matched, and subsequently identifies the training sequence selected by the transmitting device according to the sequence to be matched.
本发明实施例中,接收设备可以接收多个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的突 发脉沖, 比如, 该至少一个发送设备可以包括第一发送设备和第二发送设备, 该突发脉沖可以为随机接入突发脉沖;接收设备可以接收第一发送设备和第二 发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot. For example, the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst may be Random access bursts; the receiving device may receive random access bursts respectively transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
具体的, 以 GSM系统中的设备接入为例, 发送设备为移动终端, 接收设 备为基站。 当发送设备需要接入网络时, 选择一组训练序列并添加在随机接入 突发脉沖中, 并在某一时隙将该随机接入突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 接收设备 可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  Specifically, the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. When the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
所述处理器 402, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进 行循环移位获得的序列;  The processor 402 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
所述处理器 402, 还用于将所述待匹配序列与所述常规的训练序列和所述 额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The processor 402 is further configured to match the to-be-matched sequence with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列; 下面首先介绍一下该额外的训练序列的获得方法:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列通常不一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收到的 突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断发送 设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序列。 若 要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要各组训练序列之间的互相关性尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。  The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. At this time, the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional The training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
为了在扩充额外的训练序列之后能够保证训练序列的匹配准确性,在获取 额外的训练序列时, 首先, 对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备 选序列; 其次, 分别计算该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选序列与常规的 训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 根据该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选 序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性选取额外的训练序列。 需要说明的是, 上述获取额外的训练序列的步骤可以由开发人员通过计算机进行仿真运算来 实现。 In order to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence, when acquiring the additional training sequence, first, the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately. Autocorrelation of group candidate sequences and the set of candidate sequences and conventional Cross-correlation between training sequences; Finally, additional training sequences are selected based on the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and conventional training sequences. It should be noted that the above steps of obtaining an additional training sequence can be implemented by a developer performing a simulation operation through a computer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended. The training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0); 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
在获取额外的训练序列时, 可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序 列进行循环移位,循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40,—共获得 120组备选序列。 或者, 也可以只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并 对基础序列进行循环移位获得备选序列组。 随后, 计算该组备选序列的自相关 性以及该组备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 选择备选序列 组中相关性最好的序列作为额外的训练序列,相关性最好的序列指的是自相关 性大, 且与常规的训练序列互相关性小的序列。  When acquiring an additional training sequence, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. . Alternatively, only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group. Subsequently, calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence; finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence, The most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
所述接收设备还包括: 存储器 403;  The receiving device further includes: a memory 403;
所述处理器 402, 用于从所述存储器 403中获取预先存储的所述常规的训 练序列和所述额外的训练序列;  The processor 402 is configured to obtain, from the memory 403, the pre-stored regular training sequence and the additional training sequence;
所述处理器 402, 用于从所述存储器 403中获取预先存储的所述常规的训 练序列;  The processor 402 is configured to obtain, from the memory 403, the pre-stored regular training sequence;
所述处理器 402, 还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定 位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  The processor 402 is further configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
另外, 接收设备在进行序列匹配时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序 列和该额外的训练序列; 或者, 接收设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练 序列; 将预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序 列获取为该额外的训练序列。  In addition, the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; The training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 需要获取所有 的训练序列。 当接收设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规 的训练序列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当接收设备中未存储该额外的训练序 歹l , 而只是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时, 接收设备可以 首选获取常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对 应的循环移位的位数进行循环移位,将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训 练序列。 Specifically, when an additional training sequence is expanded in the system, the devices in the system, including the sending device The standby and receiving devices may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, all training sequences need to be acquired. When the receiving device directly stores the additional training sequence, the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional one is stored. When the training sequence corresponds to the number of cyclic shift bits, the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得。 接 收设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的标识以及 循环移位的位数 1。 接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit. The additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
此外, 所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  Additionally, the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 本发明实施例通过 上述方法选择出下列三组相关性最好的序列:  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1
0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。 在实际应用中, GSM系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的 序列中的至少一组序列作为额外的训练序列,接收设备和发送设备共知该额外 的训练序列。 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. , 3 and 31 get. In practical applications, the GSM system can choose the three groups with the best correlation. At least one set of sequences in the sequence serves as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另外, 所述接收机 401 , 用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在同一时 隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖;  In addition, the receiver 401 is configured to receive a random access burst that is sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设 备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。  The at least one transmitting device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst is a random access burst.
以 GSM系统中的设备接入为例, 接收设备接收两个发送设备在同一时隙 内分别发送的两个随机接入突发脉沖后,从该两个随机接入突发脉沖中提取待 匹配序列进行匹配, 确定该两个随机接入突发脉沖中选用的训练序列, 并用确 定的训练序列来对该两个发送设备进行区分。 需要说明的是, 此处发送设备选 用的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备指定的训练序列, 也可以是 发送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选择随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相同, 此时, 该两个发送设备 接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可以选择与上一次接入不同的 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。  Taking the device access in the GSM system as an example, the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and extracts from the two random access bursts to be matched. The sequence is matched, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices. It should be noted that the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
本发明实施例所示的方案中, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不仅可以通过 常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外的随机接入 突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机接入突发脉 沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request, 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型 标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性 能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随 机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练序列对该 两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复用, 进一步 扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。  In the solution shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence. The device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed. To improve the access performance of the device; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively. The sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 通过获取包括常规的训练序列 和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列与获 取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量 过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统 性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 选用相关性较好的序列作 为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练序列的匹配准确 性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 可以通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖 训练序列进行设备接入, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入 性能的目的; 最后, 本发明实施例提供的接收设备, 可以接收两个发送设备在 同一时隙内发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别 携带的训练序列对该两个发送设备进行区分,从而实现两个发送设备在同一时 隙内的复用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。 请参见图 5 , 其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图, 该发送设备可以用于在突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接收设备, 由 接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待匹配的序列进行匹配。 该发送设备可以包括: 第二获取模块 501 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规 的训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列 进行循环移位获得的序列; In summary, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst and the acquired multiple The group training sequence is matched to solve the problem that when the number of the sending device and the receiving device in the system is too large, the known N group training sequence cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved. Second, the embodiment of the present invention The receiving device provides a sequence with a better correlation as an additional training sequence, and can ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequence after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may adopt an additional random Access burst The training sequence is used for device access, so as to achieve the system capacity of the device when the device is accessed, and the device access performance is improved. Finally, the receiving device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can receive two sending devices in the same time slot. Randomly access bursts, and distinguish the two transmitting devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the device System capacity at the time of access, improving device access performance. Referring to FIG. 5, it is a device configuration diagram of a sending device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The sending device may be configured to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send it to a receiving device, where the receiving device The sequences to be matched are extracted from the bursts for matching. The sending device may include: a second obtaining module 501, configured to acquire a plurality of sets of training sequences, where the multiple sets of training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is for the regular training a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting a sequence;
选择模块 502 , 用于从所述第二获取模块 501获取到的所述多组训练序列 中选择一组训练序列;  a selection module 502, configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second obtaining module 501;
添加模块 503 , 用于将所述选择模块 502选择出的所述训练序列添加到待 发送的突发脉沖中;  An adding module 503, configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module 502 to a burst to be sent;
发送模块 504, 用于将添加有选择出的所述训练序列的所述突发脉沖发送 给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述 待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行 匹配。  a sending module 504, configured to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and sends the to-be-matched sequence The matching sequence is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收 设备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该 接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统 中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量 的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的。 为了对上述图 5所示的发送设备做进一步描述, 请参见图 6, 其示出了本 发明另一实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图。 该发送设备可以用于在突发脉 沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接收设备, 由接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待 匹配的序列进行匹配。 该发送设备可以包括: 第二获取模块 601 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规 的训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列 进行循环移位获得的序列; In summary, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving. The device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system. When there are too many, the known N training sequences cannot meet the problem of system capacity requirements, and the purpose of improving system performance is achieved. In order to further describe the foregoing transmission device shown in FIG. 5, reference is made to FIG. 6, which is a device configuration diagram of a transmitting device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The sending device may be configured to send the selected training sequence to the receiving device after the burst is added, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst to perform matching. The sending device can include: a second acquiring module 601, configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列。以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended. The training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0); 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
本发明实施例对该常规的训练序列进行循环,选择出下列三组相关性最好 的序列:  The embodiment of the present invention loops the conventional training sequence to select the following three sets of the most relevant sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1
0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。 该额外的训练序列的具体获取方法请参见上述图 2或图 4 对应实施例中的相关描述, 此处不再赘述。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. , 3 and 31 get. For the specific method for obtaining the additional training sequence, refer to the related description in the corresponding embodiment in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
选择模块 602 , 用于从所述第二获取模块 601获取到的所述多组训练序列 中选择一组训练序列;  a selection module 602, configured to select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences acquired by the second obtaining module 601;
添加模块 603 , 用于将所述选择模块 602选择出的所述训练序列添加到待 发送的突发脉沖中;  An adding module 603, configured to add the training sequence selected by the selecting module 602 to a burst to be sent;
发送模块 604, 用于将添加有选择出的所述训练序列的所述突发脉沖发送 给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述 待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行 匹配。  a sending module 604, configured to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, where the receiving device extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst, and the The matching sequence is matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
其中, 所述第二获取模块 601 , 包括: 第三获取单元 601a,用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外 的训练序列; The second obtaining module 601 includes: a third obtaining unit 601a, configured to acquire the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance;
第四获取单元 601b, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列;  a fourth obtaining unit 601b, configured to acquire the regular training sequence stored in advance;
第二循环单元 601c,用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定 位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  The second loop unit 601c is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
发送设备发送突发脉沖时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列和该额 外的训练序列; 或者, 发送设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列; 将 预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数,将循环移位后的序列获取为 该额外的训练序列。  When the transmitting device sends a burst, the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance The predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 需要获取所有的训练序 歹l。 当发送设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规的训练序 列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而只 是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时,发送设备可以首选获取 常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对应的循环 移位的位数进行循环移位, 将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训练序列。  Specifically, when an additional training sequence is extended in the system, devices in the system, including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. . When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences. When the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional training sequence is stored. When the number of bits of the cyclic shift is corresponding, the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and cyclically shift The sequence obtained later is used as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列是由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得的 序列。 发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的 标识以及循环移位的位数 1。 发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence. The additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  The additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1). In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
所述选择模块 602, 包括:  The selecting module 602 includes:
第一选择单元 602a,用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉 沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列;  a first selecting unit 602a, configured to randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences when the burst is a random access burst when the first access is performed;
第二选择单元 602b,用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉 沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列;  a second selecting unit 602b, configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when the first access is performed, select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences;
第三选择单元 602c,用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉 沖时,从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同 的训练序列。  a third selecting unit 602c, configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select one of the plurality of training sequences and the training sequence selected at the last access Different training sequences.
发送设备可以随机选择获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中的 一组, 也可以选择预先指定的训练序列。  The transmitting device may randomly select one of the acquired regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified training sequence.
此外, 当该突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖时, 本发明实施例还提供两种以 下两种选择训练序列的方法:  In addition, when the burst is a random access burst, the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
1 ) 当该突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从该多组训练序列中选择预先指 定的一组训练序列。  1) when the burst is a random access burst at the time of first access, the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-specified one from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入小区时, 发送设备 可以从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列, 或者, 发送设备也可以选择预先指定的一组训练序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
2 ) 当该突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训练序列。  2) When the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入失败时, 需要重新 接入网络, 此时, 发送设备可以选择与上次接入时不同的训练系列, 具体的, 发送设备从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组与上 一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed. In this case, the sending device can select a different training series from the last access. A conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
以在 GSM中的随机接入突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列为例, 发送设备 为移动终端, 接收设备为基站。 两个发送设备可以在同一时隙内发送随机接入 突发脉沖, 并且发送设备选用的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备 指定的训练序列, 也可以是发送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选 择随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相 同, 此时, 该两个发送设备接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可 以选择与上一次接入不同的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。 For example, adding a selected training sequence to a random access burst in GSM, the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. The two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. Sequence; if the transmitting device randomly selects a training sequence of random access bursts, the training sequence selected by the two transmitting devices may be phased At the same time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the training sequence of the random access burst different from the previous access may be selected.
本发明实施例所示的方案中, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不仅可以通过 常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外的随机接入 突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机接入突发脉 沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request, 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型 标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性 能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随 机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练序列对该 两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复用, 进一步 扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。  In the solution shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence. The device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed. To improve the access performance of the device; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively. The sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收 设备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该 接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统 中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量 的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的发送设 备, 选用相关性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训练序列 之后保证训练序列的匹配准确性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 可以 通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,从而达到扩展设备接入 时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能的目的。 请参见图 7, 其示出了本发明又一实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图, 该发送设备可以用于在突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接收设备, 由 接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待匹配的序列进行匹配。 该发送设备可以包括: 处 理器 701和发射机 702;  In summary, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving. The device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system. When there are too many, the known N sets of training sequences cannot meet the requirements of the system capacity, and the system performance is improved. Secondly, the transmitting device provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence. The matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving extended device access. The system capacity at the time to improve the access performance of the device. Referring to FIG. 7 , it is a device configuration diagram of a sending device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The sending device may be configured to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send the signal to a receiving device. The sequences to be matched are extracted from the bursts for matching. The transmitting device may include: a processor 701 and a transmitter 702;
所述处理器 701 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进 行循环移位获得的序列;  The processor 701 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
所述处理器 701 ,用于从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; 所述处理器 701 , 用于将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖 中; The processor 701 is configured to select a training sequence from the acquired plurality of training sequences, and the processor 701 is configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent. Medium
所述处理器 701 , 用于控制所述发射机 702将添加有选择出的所述训练序 列的所述突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出 待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和 额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The processor 701 is configured to control the transmitter 702 to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the burst from the burst Matching the sequence, and matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收 设备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该 接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统 中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量 的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的。 为了对上述图 7所示的发送设备做进一步描述, 请参见图 8, 其示出了本 发明再一实施例提供的发送设备的设备构成图。 该发送设备可以实现为上述图 4所示方法中的发送设备, 用于在突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接 收设备, 由接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待匹配的序列进行匹配。 该发送设备可 以包括: 处理器 801和发射机 802;  In summary, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving. The device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system. When there are too many, the known N training sequences cannot meet the problem of system capacity requirements, and the purpose of improving system performance is achieved. In order to further describe the foregoing transmitting device shown in FIG. 7, FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a transmitting device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The transmitting device can be implemented as the sending device in the method shown in FIG. 4, and is configured to send a selected training sequence to the burst device and send the sequence to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst. match. The transmitting device can include: a processor 801 and a transmitter 802;
所述处理器 801 , 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进 行循环移位获得的序列;  The processor 801 is configured to acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. the sequence of;
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列。以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended. The training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);  (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
本发明实施例对该常规的训练序列进行循环,选择出下列三组相关性最好 的序列: (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); The embodiment of the present invention loops the conventional training sequence to select the following three groups of the most relevant sequences: (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3 以及 31位获得。 该额外的训练序列的具体获取方法请参见上述图 2或图 4 对应实施例中的相关描述, 此处不再赘述。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving the first, third, and 31 bits of the conventional first set of training sequences. For the specific method for obtaining the additional training sequence, refer to the related description in the corresponding embodiment in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
所述处理器 801 ,用于从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; 所述处理器 801 , 用于将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖 中;  The processor 801 is configured to select a training sequence from the acquired plurality of training sequences, and the processor 801 is configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst to be sent. ;
所述处理器 801 , 用于控制所述发射机 802将添加有选择出的所述训练序 列的所述突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出 待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和 额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The processor 801 is configured to control the transmitter 802 to send the burst that is added with the selected training sequence to a receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the burst from the burst Matching the sequence, and matching the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
另外, 所述发送设备还包括: 存储器 803;  In addition, the sending device further includes: a memory 803;
所述处理器 801 , 用于从所述存储器 803中获取预先存储的所述常规的训 练序列和所述额外的训练序列;  The processor 801 is configured to obtain, from the memory 803, the pre-stored regular training sequence and the additional training sequence;
所述处理器 801 , 用于从所述存储器 803中获取预先存储的所述常规的训 练序列;  The processor 801 is configured to obtain, from the memory 803, the pre-stored regular training sequence;
所述处理器 1201 ,还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定 位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。  The processor 1201 is further configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored regular training sequence by a predetermined number of bits, and acquire the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
发送设备发送突发脉沖时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列和该额 外的训练序列; 或者, 发送设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列; 将 预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数,将循环移位后的序列获取为 该额外的训练序列。  When the transmitting device sends a burst, the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance The predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 需要获取所有的训练序 歹l。 当发送设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规的训练序 列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而只 是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时,发送设备可以首选获取 常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对应的循环 移位的位数进行循环移位, 将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训练序列。 Specifically, when an additional training sequence is extended in the system, devices in the system, including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. . When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences. When the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only When the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence is stored, the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a normal training sequence, and perform the normal training sequence obtained according to the number of cyclic shifts corresponding to the additional training sequence. Cyclic shift, the sequence obtained after the cyclic shift is taken as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列是由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得的 序列。 发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的 标识以及循环移位的位数 1。 发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence. The additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  The additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
所述处理器 801 , 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖 时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从所述多组训练序 列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列;  The processor 801 is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when first accessing, randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, from the multiple groups Selecting a pre-specified set of training sequences in the training sequence;
所述处理器 801 , 用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖 时,从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的 训练序列。  The processor 801 is configured to: when the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, select one of the plurality of training sequences and the training sequence selected during the last access Different training sequences.
发送设备可以随机选择获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中的 一组, 也可以选择预先指定的训练序列。  The transmitting device may randomly select one of the acquired regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified training sequence.
此外, 当该突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖时, 本发明实施例还提供两种以 下两种选择训练序列的方法:  In addition, when the burst is a random access burst, the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
1 ) 当该突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从该多组训练序列中选择预先指 定的一组训练序列。 1) when the burst is a random access burst at the time of first access, the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-finger from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入小区时, 发送设备 可以从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列, 或者, 发送设备也可以选择预先指定的一组训练序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
2 ) 当该突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训练序列。  2) When the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入失败时, 需要重新 接入网络, 此时, 发送设备可以选择与上次接入时不同的训练系列, 具体的, 发送设备从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组与上 一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed. In this case, the sending device can select a different training series from the last access. A conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
以在 GSM中的随机接入突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列为例, 发送设备 为移动终端, 接收设备为基站。 两个发送设备可以在同一时隙内发送随机接入 突发脉沖, 并且发送设备选用的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备 指定的训练序列, 也可以是发送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选 择随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相 同, 此时, 该两个发送设备接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可 以选择与上一次接入不同的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。  For example, adding a selected training sequence to a random access burst in GSM, the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. The two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. If the sending device randomly selects the training sequence of the random access burst, the training sequences selected by the two transmitting devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; When re-accessing, a training sequence that is different from the last access random access burst can be selected.
本发明实施例所示的方案中, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不仅可以通过 常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外的随机接入 突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机接入突发脉 沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request, 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型 标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性 能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随 机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练序列对该 两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复用, 进一步 扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。  In the solution shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device access not only through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also through an additional random access burst training sequence. The device accesses, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, so as to achieve system capacity when the extended device is accessed. To improve the access performance of the device; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and carry the training according to the received random access bursts respectively. The sequence distinguishes the two sending devices, so that the two transmitting devices are multiplexed in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收 设备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该 接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统 中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量 的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的发送设 备, 选用相关性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训练序列 之后保证训练序列的匹配准确性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的发送设备, 可以 通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,从而达到扩展设备接入 时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能的目的。 请参见图 9, 其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法 流程图, 该方法可以用于对接收到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。 该 方法可以包括: In summary, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device for receiving. The device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst, and matches the sequence to be matched with the regular training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and solves the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system. When too many, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity. The problem of the requirement is to achieve the purpose of improving the performance of the system. Secondly, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence, and can ensure the matching of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence. In addition, the sending device provided by the embodiment of the present invention can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed and improving the access performance of the device. Referring to FIG. 9, a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to an embodiment of the present invention is shown, which may be used to match an extracted sequence in a received burst. The method can include:
步骤 902, 接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖, 从该突发脉沖中提取 出待匹配序列;  Step 902: Receive a burst sent by at least one sending device, and extract a sequence to be matched from the burst.
步骤 904 , 获取多组训练序列, 该多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额 外的训练序列, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的 序列;  Step 904: Acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the training sequence includes a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
步骤 906, 将该待匹配序列与获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列 进行匹配。  Step 906: Match the to-be-matched sequence with the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法, 通过获取包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配 序列与获取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配,解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收 设备数量过多时, 已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到 提高系统性能的目的。 为了对上述图 9所示的训练序列匹配方法做进一步描述,请参见图 10,其 示出了本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图。该方法可以 用于对接收到的突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配。 以在 GSM中对接收到 的随机接入突发脉沖中的提取到的序列进行匹配为例, 该训练序列匹配方法可 以包括:  In summary, the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired sequence from the burst. The plurality of training sequences are matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known N training sequences cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved. In order to further describe the training sequence matching method shown in FIG. 9, please refer to FIG. 10, which is a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to another embodiment of the present invention. The method can be used to match the extracted sequences in the received bursts. For example, in the GSM, matching the extracted sequence in the received random access burst, the training sequence matching method may include:
步骤 1002,接收设备接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖,从该突发脉 沖中提取出待匹配序列;  Step 1002: The receiving device receives a burst sent by at least one sending device, and extracts a sequence to be matched from the burst pulse.
发送设备在生成突发脉沖时, 将选定的训练序列添加到突发脉沖中的指定 位置, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设备。 接收设备接收到该突发脉沖后, 将从 该指定位置提取出的序列作为待匹配序列,后续根据该待匹配序列识别发送设 备所选定的训练序列。 When the transmitting device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the designated position in the burst, and the burst is transmitted to the receiving device. After the receiving device receives the burst, it will The sequence extracted by the specified location is used as a sequence to be matched, and the training sequence selected by the transmitting device is subsequently identified according to the to-be-matched sequence.
本发明实施例提供的方法中,接收设备可以接收多个发送设备在同一时隙 内发送的突发脉沖, 比如, 该至少一个发送设备可以包括第一发送设备和第二 发送设备, 该突发脉沖可以为随机接入突发脉沖; 接收设备可以接收第一发送 设备和第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  In the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving device may receive the bursts that are sent by the multiple sending devices in the same time slot. For example, the at least one sending device may include the first sending device and the second sending device, where the burst The pulse may be a random access burst; the receiving device may receive a random access burst transmitted by the first transmitting device and the second transmitting device in the same time slot.
具体的, 以 GSM系统中的设备接入为例, 发送设备为移动终端, 接收设 备为基站。 当发送设备需要接入网络时, 选择一组训练序列并添加在随机接入 突发脉沖中, 并在某一时隙将该随机接入突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 接收设备 可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机接入突发脉沖。  Specifically, the device access in the GSM system is taken as an example, the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. When the transmitting device needs to access the network, select a training sequence and add it in the random access burst, and send the random access burst to the receiving device in a certain time slot, and the receiving device can receive two sending Random access bursts sent by the device in the same time slot.
步骤 1004,接收设备获取多组训练序列,该多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列;  Step 1004: The receiving device acquires a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列; 下面首先介绍一下该额外的训练序列的获得方法:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence; first, the method for obtaining the additional training sequence is first introduced:
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列通常不一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收到的 突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断发送 设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序列。 若 要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要各组训练序列之间的互相关性尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。  The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is generally inconsistent with the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. At this time, the receiving device is required to extract the sequence from the received burst and the conventional The training sequence is matched, and according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. If the accuracy of the judgment is high enough, the cross-correlation between the training sequences of each group needs to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible.
为了在扩充额外的训练序列之后能够保证训练序列的匹配准确性,在获取 额外的训练序列时, 首先, 对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备 选序列; 其次, 分别计算该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选序列与常规的 训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 根据该组备选序列的自相关性以及该组备选 序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性选取额外的训练序列。 需要说明的是, 上述获取额外的训练序列的步骤可以由开发人员通过计算机进行仿真运算来 实现。  In order to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence, when acquiring the additional training sequence, first, the conventional training sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one candidate sequence; secondly, the calculation is performed separately. The autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence; finally, based on the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the set of candidate sequences and conventional training sequences Inter-correlation selects additional training sequences. It should be noted that the above steps of obtaining an additional training sequence can be implemented by a developer performing a simulation operation through a computer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下: (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows: (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0); 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
在获取额外的训练序列时, 可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序 列进行循环移位,循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40,—共获得 120组备选序列。 或者, 也可以只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并 对基础序列进行循环移位获得备选序列组。 随后, 计算该组备选序列的自相关 性以及该组备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 最后, 选择备选序列 组中相关性最好的序列作为额外的训练序列,相关性最好的序列指的是自相关 性大, 且与常规的训练序列互相关性小的序列。  When acquiring an additional training sequence, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts may be cyclically shifted, and the number of bits of the cyclic shift ranges from 1 to 40, and a total of 120 candidate sequences are obtained. . Alternatively, only one or two of the three sets of conventional training sequences may be selected as the base sequence, and the base sequence may be cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence group. Subsequently, calculating the autocorrelation of the set of candidate sequences and the cross-correlation between the set of candidate sequences and the conventional training sequence; finally, selecting the most relevant sequence of the candidate sequence group as an additional training sequence, The most relevant sequence refers to a sequence that is highly autocorrelated and has little cross-correlation with conventional training sequences.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 本发明实施例通过 上述方法选择出下列三组相关性最好的序列:  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the embodiment of the present invention selects the following three sets of the most relevant sequences by the above method:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving the first, third, and third bits of the conventional first set of training sequences.
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另外, 接收设备在进行序列匹配时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序 列和该额外的训练序列; 或者, 接收设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练 序列; 将预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序 列获取为该额外的训练序列。  In addition, the receiving device may acquire the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance when performing sequence matching; or the receiving device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; The training sequence is cyclically shifted by a predetermined number of bits, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 需要获取所有 的训练序列。 当接收设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规 的训练序列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当接收设备中未存储该额外的训练序 歹 ij , 而只是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时, 接收设备可以 首选获取常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对 应的循环移位的位数进行循环移位,将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训 练序列。 Specifically, when an additional training sequence is extended in the system, devices in the system, including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. . When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, it needs to acquire all Training sequence. When the receiving device directly stores the additional training sequence, the regular training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly acquired; when the receiving device does not store the additional training sequence 歹 ij, only the additional When the training sequence corresponds to the number of cyclic shift bits, the receiving device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and will cycle. The sequence obtained after the shift is used as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得。 接 收设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的标识以及 循环移位的位数 1。 接收设备对待匹配序列进行匹配时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is obtained by cyclically shifting the normal 1st set of training sequences by 1 bit. The additional training sequence is not stored in the receiving device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the receiving device matches the matching sequence, the normal three training sequences can be obtained first, and the first training sequence is cyclically moved by one bit to obtain an additional training sequence.
步骤 1006 ,接收设备将该待匹配序列与获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的 训练序列进行匹配。  Step 1006: The receiving device matches the to-be-matched sequence with the obtained regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
具体的,接收设备可以将该待匹配序列与获取到的常规的训练序列和额外 的训练序列分别进行相关性匹配, 并确定相关性最高的一组训练序列为发送端 所选定的训练序列。 或者, 接收设备也可以将该待匹配序列与获取到的多组训 练序列分别进行 SNR ( Signal to Noise Ratio , 信噪比) 匹配, 并确定 SNR最高 的一组训练序列为发送端所选定的训练序列。  Specifically, the receiving device may perform correlation matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the obtained conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence, respectively, and determine that the most relevant group of training sequences is the training sequence selected by the transmitting end. Alternatively, the receiving device may perform the SNR (Signal to Noise Ratio) matching between the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired multiple training sequences, and determine that the training sequence with the highest SNR is selected by the transmitting end. Training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的设备接入为例, 接收设备接收两个发送设备在同一时隙 内分别发送的两个随机接入突发脉沖后,从该两个随机接入突发脉沖中提取待 匹配序列进行匹配, 确定该两个随机接入突发脉沖中选用的训练序列, 并用确 定的训练序列来对该两个发送设备进行区分。 需要说明的是, 此处发送设备选 用的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备指定的训练序列, 也可以是 发送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选择随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相同, 此时, 该两个发送设备 接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可以选择与上一次接入不同的 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。  Taking the device access in the GSM system as an example, the receiving device receives two random access bursts respectively sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and extracts from the two random access bursts to be matched. The sequence is matched, the training sequence selected in the two random access bursts is determined, and the determined training sequence is used to distinguish the two transmitting devices. It should be noted that the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device herein may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training sequence randomly selected by the sending device; if the sending device randomly selects a random access burst In the training sequence of the pulse, the training sequences selected by the two sending devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; when the transmitting device re-accesses, the last access may be selected. Different random access burst training sequences.
本发明实施例所示的训练序列匹配方法, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不 仅可以通过常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外 的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机 接入突发脉沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request , 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设 备接入性能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内 发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练 序列对该两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复 用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。 The training sequence matching method shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device can not only access the device through a conventional random access burst training sequence, but also can additionally The random access burst training sequence is used for device access, and the sending device can use the additional random access burst to carry additional channel request information, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier. Therefore, the system capacity of the extended device access is achieved, and the access performance of the device is improved; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive the random access burst sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and according to the received The training sequence carried by the random access bursts respectively distinguishes the two sending devices, thereby realizing multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance. .
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法, 通过获取包括常规的 训练序列和额外的训练序列的多组训练序列, 并将从突发脉沖中提取出待匹配 序列与获取到的该多组训练序列进行匹配,解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收 设备数量过多时, 已知的 Ν组训练序列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到 提高系统性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法, 选用相 关性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训 练序列的匹配准确性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法, 接收设 备和发送设备可以通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,从而 达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能的目的; 最后, 本发明实 施例提供的训练序列匹配方法,接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内 发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练 序列对该两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复 用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。 请参见图 11 ,其示出了本发明又一实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法 流程图, 该方法可以用于在突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接收设 备, 由接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待匹配的序列进行匹配。 该方法可以包括: 步骤 1102 ,获取多组训练序列,该多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额 外的训练序列, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的 序列;  In summary, the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires a plurality of training sequences including a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, and extracts the to-be-matched sequence and the acquired sequence from the burst. The plurality of training sequences are matched to solve the problem that when the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is too large, the known training sequence of the group cannot meet the system capacity requirement, and the system performance is improved. Second, the present invention The training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment, the sequence with the better correlation is used as the additional training sequence, and the matching accuracy of the training sequence can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. The receiving device and the sending device may perform device access by using an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving the access performance of the device. Finally, the embodiment of the present invention provides Training sequence matching method, the receiving device can be connected a random access burst transmitted by two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and distinguishing the two transmitting devices according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, thereby realizing that the two transmitting devices are Multiplexing in the same time slot further expands the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improves device access performance. FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for matching a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention. The method may be used to add a selected training sequence to a burst and send it to a receiving device for receiving. The device extracts the sequences to be matched from the bursts for matching. The method may include: Step 1102: Acquire a plurality of training sequences, where the training sequence includes a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence, where the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
步骤 1104 , 从获取到的该多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列;  Step 1104: Select a training sequence from the obtained plurality of training sequences;
步骤 1106, 将选择出的该训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中;  Step 1106, adding the selected training sequence to the burst to be sent;
步骤 1108,将添加选择出的训练序列后的该突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由 该接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该接收设 备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。 Step 1108: Send the burst after the selected training sequence is sent to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst, and sets the to-be-matched sequence and the receiving device. The conventional training sequence obtained and the additional training sequence are matched.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的方法, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外的训 练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设 备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该接 收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中 的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 N组训练序列无法满足系统容量的 需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的。 为了对上述图 11 所示的训练序列匹配方法做更进一步的描述, 请参见图 12, 其示出了本发明再一实施例提供的训练序列匹配方法的方法流程图。 该训 练序列匹配方法可以用于在突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列后发送给接收设 备, 由接收设备从突发脉沖中提取待匹配的序列进行匹配。 以在 GSM系统中, 在随机接入突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列为例, 该方法可以包括:  In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device, and the receiving device The sequence to be matched is extracted from the burst, and the sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is solved. For a long time, the known N sets of training sequences can not meet the system capacity requirements, and achieve the purpose of improving system performance. In order to further describe the training sequence matching method shown in FIG. 11, FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for training sequence matching according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The training sequence matching method can be used to add a selected training sequence to the burst and send it to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst to perform matching. For example, in the GSM system, adding a selected training sequence to a random access burst, the method may include:
步骤 1202,发送设备获取多组训练序列,该多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列;  Step 1202: The sending device acquires a plurality of training sequences, where the multiple training sequences include a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence.
其中, 该额外的训练序列为对该常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序 列。以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例, 常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  The additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence. For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended. The training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);  (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
本发明实施例对该常规的训练序列进行循环,选择出下列三组相关性最好 的序列:  The embodiment of the present invention loops the conventional training sequence to select the following three sets of the most relevant sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。 该额外的训练序列的具体获取方法请参见上述步骤 1004下 的相关描述, 此处不再赘述。 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are obtained by cyclically moving 1, 3, and 31 bits, respectively, from the conventional first set of training sequences. For the specific method for obtaining the additional training sequence, refer to the related description in step 1004 above, and details are not described herein again.
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
发送设备发送突发脉沖时, 可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列和该额 外的训练序列; 或者, 发送设备也可以获取预先存储的该常规的训练序列; 将 预先存储的该常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数,将循环移位后的序列获取为 该额外的训练序列。  When the transmitting device sends a burst, the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence stored in advance may be acquired; or the transmitting device may also acquire the conventional training sequence stored in advance; the conventional training sequence to be stored in advance The predetermined number of bits is cyclically shifted, and the cyclically shifted sequence is acquired as the additional training sequence.
具体的, 当系统中扩充了额外的训练序列时, 系统中的设备, 包括发送设 备和接收设备, 可以直接存储额外的训练序列, 也可以只存储额外的训练序列 对应的循环移位的位数。 当发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 需要获取所有的训练序 歹l。 当发送设备直接存储了该额外的训练序列时, 可以直接获取常规的训练序 列和存储的该额外的训练序列; 当发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而只 是存储了该额外的训练序列对应的循环移位的位数时,发送设备可以首选获取 常规的训练序列, 对获取到的常规的训练序列按照额外的训练序列对应的循环 移位的位数进行循环移位, 将循环移位后获得的序列作为该额外的训练序列。  Specifically, when an additional training sequence is extended in the system, devices in the system, including the sending device and the receiving device, may directly store additional training sequences, or may only store the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence. . When the transmitting device generates a burst, it needs to acquire all training sequences. When the sending device directly stores the additional training sequence, the normal training sequence and the stored additional training sequence may be directly obtained; when the sending device does not store the additional training sequence, only the additional training sequence is stored. When the number of bits of the cyclic shift is corresponding, the transmitting device may preferentially acquire a regular training sequence, and cyclically shift the obtained conventional training sequence according to the number of cyclic shift bits corresponding to the additional training sequence, and cyclically shift The sequence obtained later is used as the additional training sequence.
以 GSM系统中的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, GSM系统常规 3组 随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列,扩充后增加了一组额外的随机接入突发脉沖的 训练序列, 该额外的训练序列是由常规的第 1组训练序列循环移位 1位获得的 序列。 发送设备中未存储该额外的训练序列, 而是只存储了第 1组训练序列的 标识以及循环移位的位数 1。 发送设备生成突发脉沖时, 可以首先获取常规的 3组训练序列, 并对其中的第 1组训练序列循环移动 1位, 获得额外的训练序 列。  Taking the training sequence of the random access burst in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence of the conventional three sets of random access bursts in the GSM system is expanded, and an additional training sequence of random access bursts is added. This additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting 1 bit of the conventional Group 1 training sequence. The additional training sequence is not stored in the transmitting device, but only the identification of the first set of training sequences and the number of bits 1 of the cyclic shift are stored. When the transmitting device generates a burst, it can first acquire the normal 3 sets of training sequences, and rotate the 1st training sequence in the 1st group to obtain an additional training sequence.
步骤 1204, 发送设备从获取到的该多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; 其中,发送设备可以随机选择获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列 中的一组, 也可以选择预先指定的训练序列。  Step 1204: The sending device selects a set of training sequences from the obtained plurality of training sequences; wherein, the sending device may randomly select one of the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or may select a pre-specified one. Training sequence.
此外, 当该突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖时, 本发明实施例还提供两种以 下两种选择训练序列的方法:  In addition, when the burst is a random access burst, the embodiment of the present invention further provides two methods for selecting a training sequence:
1 ) 当该突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从该多组训练序列中选择预先指 定的一组训练序列。 1) when the burst is a random access burst at the time of first access, the sending device randomly selects a set of training sequences from the plurality of training sequences; or, selects a pre-finger from the plurality of training sequences A set of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入小区时, 发送设备 可以从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列, 或者, 发送设备也可以选择预先指定的一组训练序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device accesses the cell for the first time, the sending device may randomly select a set of training sequences from the obtained regular training sequence and the additional training sequence, or the sending device may also select A pre-specified set of training sequences.
2 ) 当该突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 发送设备从该多 组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训练序列。  2) When the burst is a random access burst when re-accessing, the transmitting device selects a training sequence different from the training sequence selected in the previous access from the plurality of training sequences.
比如, 当发送设备为移动终端, 且该发送设备首次接入失败时, 需要重新 接入网络, 此时, 发送设备可以选择与上次接入时不同的训练系列, 具体的, 发送设备从获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列中随机选择一组与上 一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的序列。  For example, when the sending device is a mobile terminal, and the sending device fails to access the network for the first time, the network needs to be re-accessed. In this case, the sending device can select a different training series from the last access. A conventional training sequence and an additional training sequence are randomly selected from a sequence different from the training sequence selected at the time of the last access.
以在 GSM中的随机接入突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列为例, 发送设备 为移动终端, 接收设备为基站。 两个发送设备可以在同一时隙内发送随机接入 突发脉沖, 并且发送设备选用的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列可以是接收设备 指定的训练序列, 也可以是发送设备随机选择的训练序列; 若发送设备随机选 择随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列, 则该两个发送设备选用的训练序列有可能相 同, 此时, 该两个发送设备接入失败并重新接入; 当发送设备重新接入时, 可 以选择与上一次接入不同的随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列。  For example, adding a selected training sequence to a random access burst in GSM, the transmitting device is a mobile terminal, and the receiving device is a base station. The two sending devices may send random access bursts in the same time slot, and the training sequence of the random access burst selected by the sending device may be a training sequence specified by the receiving device, or may be a training randomly selected by the transmitting device. If the sending device randomly selects the training sequence of the random access burst, the training sequences selected by the two transmitting devices may be the same. At this time, the two transmitting devices fail to access and re-access; When re-accessing, a training sequence that is different from the last access random access burst can be selected.
步骤 1206, 发送设备将选择出的该训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中; 发送设备在生成突发脉沖时, 将选定的训练序列添加到突发脉沖中的指定 位置, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设备。 接收设备接收到该突发脉沖后, 可以 将从该指定位置提取出的序列作为待匹配序列,后续根据该待匹配序列识别发 送设备所选定的训练序列。  Step 1206, the sending device adds the selected training sequence to the burst to be sent; when the generating device generates the burst, the selected training sequence is added to the specified position in the burst, and the A burst is sent to the receiving device. After receiving the burst, the receiving device may use the sequence extracted from the specified location as a sequence to be matched, and subsequently identify the training sequence selected by the transmitting device according to the to-be-matched sequence.
步骤 1208,发送设备将添加选择出的训练序列后的该突发脉沖发送给接收 设备;  Step 1208, the sending device sends the burst pulse after adding the selected training sequence to the receiving device.
接收设备可以从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该 接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。  The receiving device may extract a sequence to be matched from the burst, and match the sequence to be matched with a regular training sequence and an additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device.
以在随机接入突发脉沖中添加选定的训练序列为例,接收设备可以接收两 个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随机接入突发脉沖,从该随机接入突发脉沖中 的提取出待匹配序列进行匹配, 确定两个发送设备分别选用的训练序列, 并根 据该两个发送设备分别选用的训练序列对该两个发送设备进行区分。  Taking the selected training sequence in the random access burst as an example, the receiving device can receive the random access burst sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, from the random access burst. The sequences to be matched are extracted for matching, and the training sequences selected by the two sending devices are determined, and the two transmitting devices are distinguished according to the training sequences selected by the two sending devices respectively.
本发明实施例所示的训练序列匹配方法, 一方面, 接收设备和发送设备不 仅可以通过常规的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,还可以通过额外 的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入,发送设备可以使用该额外的随机 接入突发脉沖来携带额外的信道请求信息 channel request , 比如终端能力信息、 终端类型标识以及业务标识等, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设 备接入性能的目的; 另一方面, 接收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内 发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练 序列对该两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复 用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能。 The training sequence matching method shown in the embodiment of the present invention, on the one hand, the receiving device and the transmitting device do not Device access can only be performed through a conventional random access burst training sequence, and device access can also be performed through an additional random access burst training sequence, and the transmitting device can use the additional random access burst to Carrying additional channel request information channel request, such as terminal capability information, terminal type identifier, and service identifier, to achieve the purpose of expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving the access performance of the device; on the other hand, the receiving device can receive two The random access bursts sent by the sending device in the same time slot, and the two transmitting devices are differentiated according to the training sequence respectively carried by the received random access bursts, so that the two transmitting devices are in the same The multiplexing in the time slot further expands the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improves the access performance of the device.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的方法, 通过从常规的训练序列和额外的训 练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突发脉沖发送给接收设 备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将该待匹配序列与该接 收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配, 解决了当系统中 的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时,已知的 Ν组训练序列无法满足系统容量的 需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的; 其次, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列 匹配方法, 选用相关性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 能够在扩充额外的训 练序列之后保证训练序列的匹配准确性; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列 匹配方法,接收设备和发送设备可以通过额外的随机接入突发脉沖训练序列进 行设备接入,从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量,提高设备接入性能的目的。 请参见图 13 ,其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统的系统 构成图。 该系统可以包括:  In summary, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention adds a set of training sequences to a burst by selecting a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence, and sends the burst to the receiving device, and the receiving device The sequence to be matched is extracted from the burst, and the sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, and the number of transmitting devices and receiving devices in the system is solved. For a long time, the known training sequence of the Ν group can not meet the requirements of the system capacity, and the system performance is improved. Secondly, the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation as an additional training sequence. The training sequence matching method can be ensured after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, in the training sequence matching method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving device and the transmitting device can perform device connection by using an additional random access burst training sequence. Into the system capacity when the extended device is accessed, Improve the access performance of the device. Referring to Figure 13, there is shown a system configuration diagram of a training sequence matching system provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The system can include:
如上述图 1至 4任一所示的接收设备 1301 以及至少一个如上述图 5至 8 任一所示的发送设备 1302。  The receiving device 1301 as shown in any of the above Figs. 1 to 4 and at least one transmitting device 1302 as shown in any of the above Figs. 5 to 8.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统, 通过发送设备从常规 的训练序列和额外的训练序列选择一组训练序列添加到突发脉沖中, 并将该突 发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由接收设备从该突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将 该待匹配序列与该接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行 匹配,解决了当系统中的发送设备和接收设备数量过多时, 已知的 Ν组训练序 列无法满足系统容量的需求的问题, 达到提高系统性能的目的; 其次, 本发明 实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统, 选用相关性较好的序列作为额外的训练序 歹 ij , 能够在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练序列的匹配准确性; 另外, 本发 明实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统,接收设备和发送设备可以通过额外的随机 接入突发脉沖训练序列进行设备接入, 从而达到扩展设备接入时的系统容量, 提高设备接入性能的目的; 最后, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列匹配系统, 接 收设备可以接收两个发送设备在同一时隙内发送的随机接入突发脉沖, 并根据 接收到的随机接入突发脉沖分别携带的训练序列对该两个发送设备进行区分, 从而实现两个发送设备在同一时隙内的复用, 进一步扩展设备接入时的系统容 量, 提高设备接入性能。 请参见图 14,其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置 结构图。该装置可以用于获取额外的训练序列,以对常规的训练序列进行扩充。 该装置可以包括: In summary, the training sequence matching system provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a set of training sequences from a normal training sequence and an additional training sequence to be added to a burst by a transmitting device, and sends the burst to the receiving. The device, the receiving device extracts the to-be-matched sequence from the burst, and matches the to-be-matched sequence with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the receiving device, thereby solving the sending device in the system. When the number of receiving devices is too large, the known training sequence of the group cannot meet the requirement of the system capacity, and the system performance is improved. Secondly, the training sequence matching system provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects a sequence with better correlation. As an additional training sequence 歹ij, it is possible to guarantee the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence; In the training sequence matching system provided by the embodiment, the receiving device and the transmitting device can access the device through an additional random access burst training sequence, thereby achieving the system capacity when the device is extended, and improving the access performance of the device. Finally, in the training sequence matching system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving device can receive the random access bursts sent by the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, and respectively carry according to the received random access bursts. The training sequence distinguishes the two sending devices to implement multiplexing of the two transmitting devices in the same time slot, further expanding the system capacity when the device is accessed, and improving device access performance. Referring to FIG. 14, which is a structural diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence. The device can include:
循环模块 1401 ,用于对常规的训练序列进行循环移位,获得至少一组备选 序列;  a loop module 1401, configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
第一计算模块 1402, 用于计算所述循环模块 1401获得的备选序列的自相 关性;  a first calculation module 1402, configured to calculate an auto-correlation of the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1401;
第二计算模块 1403, 用于计算所述循环模块 1401获得的备选序列与所述 常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 述常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  The second calculating module 1403 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1401 and the regular training sequence; and the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences acquires an additional training sequence.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的。 为了对上述图 14所示的训练序列获取装置做进一步的描述,请参见图 15, 其示出了本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图。 该装置可 以用于获取额外的训练序列,以对常规的训练序列进行扩充。该装置可以包括: 循环模块 1501 ,用于对常规的训练序列进行循环移位,获得至少一组备选 序列;  In summary, the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. The cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences. In order to further describe the training sequence acquisition device shown in FIG. 14, please refer to FIG. 15, which shows a device structure diagram of a training sequence acquisition device according to another embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence. The apparatus can include: a looping module 1501 for cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
第一计算模块 1502, 用于计算所述循环模块 1501获得的备选序列的自相 关性; a first calculating module 1502, configured to calculate a self-phase of the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1501 Relevant
第二计算模块 1503, 用于计算所述循环模块 1501获得的备选序列与所述 常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 述常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  The second calculating module 1503 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the loop module 1501 and the regular training sequence; and the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences acquires an additional training sequence.
其中, 所述循环模块 1501 , 包括:  The loop module 1501 includes:
第一循环单元 1501a, 用于按照下列公式对 N组所述常规的训练序列进行 循环移位, 获得所述至少一组备选序列:  The first loop unit 1501a is configured to cyclically shift the N sets of the conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为所述常规的训练序歹! , M为所述常规的训练序列的序列位数, Wherein, the TSC is the conventional training sequence!, M is the sequence number of the conventional training sequence,
K m M-l , m为整数, N为正整数; K m M-l , m is an integer, and N is a positive integer;
所述第二计算模块 1503, 用于分别计算所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的 训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  The second calculating module 1503 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
所述循环模块 1501 , 还包括:  The loop module 1501 further includes:
选择单元 1501b, 用于选择 N组所述常规的训练序列中的至少一组为基础 序列;  The selecting unit 1501b is configured to select at least one of the N groups of the regular training sequences as a basic sequence;
第二循环单元 1501c, 用于按照下列公式对所述基础序列进行循环移位, 获得所述至少一组备选序列:  The second loop unit 1501c is configured to cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift( 5C, m) - circshifti^, ,· · ·, ), m)  Circshift( 5C, m) - circshifti^, ,·· · , , ), m)
― {^Ntr-m ·> " ' ·> ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " " ' ^ Ntr-m-l ) ·  ― {^Ntr-m ·> " ' ·> ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " " ' ^ Ntr-m-l )
其中, TSC为所述基础序列, M为所述基础序列的序列位数, l m M-l , m为素数, N为正整数;  Wherein, TSC is the base sequence, M is a sequence number of the base sequence, l m M-l , m is a prime number, and N is a positive integer;
所述第二计算模块 1503, 用于分别计算所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的 训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  The second calculating module 1503 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列往往不完全一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收 到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断 发送设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序 歹l。 若要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要常规的各组训练序列之间的互相关性 尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。 同理,若要对常规的训练序列进行扩充, 增加额外的训练序列, 则该额外的训练序列与各个常规的训练序列之间的互相 关性也需要尽可能的小。 The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst. Matching with a conventional training sequence, and judging according to the matching result, the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences 歹l. To make the accuracy of the judgment high enough, the cross-correlation between the conventional sets of training sequences is required to be as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible. Similarly, if the conventional training sequence is to be expanded to add an additional training sequence, the cross-correlation between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
由于常规的训练序列之间的互相关性已经非常小,基于常规的训练序列获 取到的备选序列, 其与常规的各个训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性非常 高。 因此, 本发明实施例基于常规的训练序列获取备选序列, 相对于遍历所有 可能的备选序列或者随机选择备选序列, 在筒化计算步骤的同时, 其相关性往 往更好。 此外, 由于常规的训练序列的信噪比也足够好, 基于常规的训练序列 获取到的备选序列, 理论上其信噪比也足以满足训练序列的要求, 因此, 本发 明实施例提供的方法也不需要对备选序列做信噪比方面的分析。  Since the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences is already very small, the candidate sequences obtained based on the conventional training sequences are highly likely to have a low cross-correlation with the conventional individual training sequences. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence. In addition, since the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
具体的,训练序列获取装置可以按照下列公式对 N组常规的训练序列进行 循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列:  Specifically, the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为常规的训练序列, M为常规的训练序列的序列位数, l m Where TSC is a regular training sequence, M is the sequence number of a conventional training sequence, l m
< M-1 , 且 m为整数, N为正整数。 < M-1 , and m is an integer and N is a positive integer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例,训练序列获取装置可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行循 环移位, 循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40, —共获得 120组备选序列。  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1~40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以选择 N组常规的训练序列中的至少一组为 基础序列; 并按照下列公式对该基础序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序 列:  Alternatively, the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为基础序列, M为基础序列的序列位数, l m M-l , 且 m 为素数, N为正整数。  Where TSC is the base sequence, M is the sequence number of the base sequence, l m M-l , and m is a prime number, and N is a positive integer.
同样以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩 充为例, 为了进一步的筒化计算步骤, 减少计算时间, 训练序列获取装置可以 只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并对基础序列进 行循环移位获得备选序列。 其中, 在选择常规的训练序列中的至少一组为基础序列时, 可以随机选择The expansion of the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional in the GSM system is also taken as an example. In order to further calculate the calculation steps and reduce the calculation time, the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence. Wherein, when at least one of the conventional training sequences is selected as the basic sequence, the random selection may be randomly selected.
N组常规训练序列中的一组,也可以选择该 N组常规训练序列中相关性最好的 一组。 比如,训练序列获取装置可以随机选择常规的 N组训练序列中的一组作 为基础序列, 也可以对常规的 N组训练序列按照 1~M-1的位数进行循环移位, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性, 将互相关 性最好的一组训练序列获取为基础序列, 其中, 互相关性最好的一组训练序列 是指循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性的平均值最小的一组训练 序列, 或者, 循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性在靠近 0点处的分 布最密集的一组训练序列。 A group of the N sets of conventional training sequences may also select the group with the best correlation among the N sets of regular training sequences. For example, the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1~M-1 digits, and calculate each group. The cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift The set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
此外, 对基础序列进行循环移位时, 可以按照奇数位循环移位、 偶数位循 环移位或者素数位循环移位, 其中, 按照素数位循环移位获得的备选序列与常 规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最高, 而按照偶数位循环移位获得的 备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最低, 因此, 为了进一 步减少筒化计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 减少计算时间, 可以只对上述基础 序列按照素数位进行循环移位。  In addition, when the base sequence is cyclically shifted, the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence. The possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例,常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts are as follows:
第 1组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);  Group 1: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 , 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
第 2组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, Group 2: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 , 0,
0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
第 3组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, Group 3: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1 , 0,
1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
训练序列获取装置首先对上述 3组训练序列按照 1~41的位数进行循环移 位, 获得每组训练序列各自对应的备选序列, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移 位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性,假设分析确定对第 1组训练序列循环移位 获得的备选序列之间的互相关性最好, 则训练序列获取装置进一步将第 1组训 练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 其中, 1~41之间的素数有 2, 3, 5, 7, 11 , 13 , 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37共 12个, 训练序列获取装置将第 1组训练序列 分别循环移位 2, 3, 5 , 7, 11 , 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37位, 获得 12组 备选序列。 通过上述步骤, 本发明实施例提供的方法在保证获取到的备选序列具有足 够好的相关性的同时, 能够进一步减少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计 算时间。 The training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence. The 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, and 37 positions were cyclically shifted, and 12 sets of alternative sequences were obtained. Through the above steps, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce the hardware resource requirements, and save the calculation time while ensuring that the obtained candidate sequences have sufficiently good correlation.
其中, 计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法有很多, 比如按照皮尔逊公 式进行计算, 对于计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法, 本发明实施例不做 具体限定。  There are many methods for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence, for example, the calculation according to the Pearson formula, and the method for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 当存在 Ν组常规的训练序列时,训练序列获取装置需要分 别计算获得的备选序列与该 Ν组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关 性。  It should be noted that, when there is a conventional training sequence of the group, the training sequence acquiring device needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequence and each sequence in the regular training sequence of the group.
比如, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列后, 需要分别 计算该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  For example, the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated. The cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
此外, 所述获取模块 1504, 包括:  In addition, the obtaining module 1504 includes:
第一检测单元 1504a, 用于检测所述备选序列是否满足第一预定条件; 第一获取单元 1504b, 用于若所述备选序列满足所述第一预定条件, 则将 所述备选序列获取为所述额外的训练序列;  a first detecting unit 1504a, configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition, and a first acquiring unit 1504b, configured to: if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, use the candidate sequence Obtained as the additional training sequence;
其中, 所述第一预定条件包括:  The first predetermined condition includes:
所述备选序列的自相关性大于第一相关性阈值, 且所述备选序列与所述 N 组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈 值;  The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold ;
和 /或, 所述备选序列的自相关性和所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的训练 序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值。  And/or, the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the difference in the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences are greater than a difference threshold.
所述获取模块 1504, 还包括:  The obtaining module 1504 further includes:
第二检测单元 1504c, 用于检测所述备选序列是否满足第二预定条件; 第二获取单元 1504d, 用于若所述备选序列满足所述第二预定条件, 则将 所述备选序列获取为所述额外的训练序列;  a second detecting unit 1504c, configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition, and a second acquiring unit 1504d, configured to: if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, use the candidate sequence Obtained as the additional training sequence;
其中, 所述第二预定条件包括:  The second predetermined condition includes:
所述备选序列处于第一序列组中的前 a位, 且所述备选序列处于第二序列 组中的前 b位; 和 /或, 所述备选序列处于第三序列组中的前 c位; a、 b和 c 小于所述备选序列的组数;  The candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group C-bit; a, b and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence;
所述第一序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性由大到 小的顺序排列获得的序列组; The first sequence group is to treat the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation a sequence of sequences obtained in a small order;
所述第二序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自与所述 N组常规的 训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值由小到大的顺序排列获得的 序歹 'J组;  The second sequence group is a sequence obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in a small to large order according to a maximum value of cross-correlation between each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.歹'J group;
所述第三序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性和各自 与所述 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序排列获得的序列组。  The third sequence group is a difference between a maximum value of a cross-correlation between the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation and respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences. The sequence groups obtained are arranged in a large to small order.
训练序列获取装置可以检测该备选序列是否满足第一预定条件; 若该备选 序列满足该第一预定条件, 则将该备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, 该 第一预定条件包括:  The training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
该备选序列的自相关性大于第一相关性阈值,且该备选序列与该 N组常规 的训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值; 和 /或, 该备选序列的自相关性和该备选序列与该 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列 之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值。  The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The difference between the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
训练序列获取装置还可以检测该备选序列是否满足第二预定条件; 若该备 选序列满足该第二预定条件,则将该备选序列获取为该额外的训练序列;其中, 该第二预定条件包括: 该备选序列处于该第一序列组中的前 a位, 且该备选序 列处于该第二序列组中的前 b位;和 /或,该备选序列处于该第三序列组中的前 c位; a、 b和 c小于该备选序列的组数。  The training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group The first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
其中, 第一序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性由大到小 的顺序排列获得的序列组; 第二序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自与 N 组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值由小到大的顺序排 列获得的序列组; 第三序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性和 各自与 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序排列获得的序列组。  The first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation; the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large; the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and The sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
具体的,开发人员可以对自相关性、互相关性和 /或自相关性与互相关性之 间的差值设定相关阈值,训练序列获取装置可以将满足相关阈值的备选序列获 取为额外的训练序列。以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算 该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性以及各自 的自相关性之后, 可以将自相关性大于第一相关性阈值, 且与常规的 3组训练 序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值的训练序列获 取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将自相关性和与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选 序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置也可以将自相关性大于 第一相关性阈值, 与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值 小于第二相关性阈值, 并且自相关性和与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之 间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列。 Specifically, the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. Cyclic shifting, obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculating the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective After the autocorrelation, the training sequence whose autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold may be obtained as an additional Or the training sequence obtaining means may obtain an additional sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold. a training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may also have an autocorrelation greater than a first correlation threshold, and a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in each of the conventional three training sequences is less than a second correlation threshold, and The candidate sequences whose correlation and the maximum value of the correlation between the correlations between the respective sequences of the conventional three sets of training sequences are greater than the difference threshold are acquired as additional training sequences.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以按照自相关性和互相关性对备选序列进行 排序, 将排序最靠前, 即相关性最好的一组或多组备选序列获取为额外的训练 序列。 同样以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的第 1组训练 序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算该 12组备选 后, 将该 12组备选序列分别按照各自的自相关性由大到小, 各自与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值由小到大, 以及各自的自相关 性和各自与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序进行排列, 获得三个序列组。 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第一 个序列组中的前 a位, 且处于该第二个序列组中的前 b位的备选序列获取为额 外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于该第三个序列组中的前 c 位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第 一个序列组中的前 a位, 处于第二个序列组中的前 b位, 且处于第三个序列组 中的前 c位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, a、 b和 c的取值小于 12。  Alternatively, the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and obtain the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequences. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventionally in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. After cyclic shifting, 12 sets of candidate sequences are obtained, and after the 12 sets of candidates are respectively calculated, the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively in accordance with their respective autocorrelations, and each of them is in a conventional three-group training sequence. The maximum value of the correlation between the individual sequences is small to large, and the difference between the respective autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective three sets of training sequences is from large to small. The order is arranged to obtain three sequence groups. The training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group The first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
在实际应用中, 上述第一相关性阈值、 第二相关性阈值、 差值阈值以及 a、 明实施例不做具体限定。  In the actual application, the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a, the embodiment are not specifically limited.
所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  The additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另夕卜,本发明实施例仅以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖 的训练序列进行扩充为例进行说明,但本发明实施例所示方法的应用范围并不 限定与此, 对于同系统中的其它类型训练序列或者不同系统中对相关性要求较 高的训练序列, 本发明实施例提供的方法也同样适用。 本发明实施例对于所示 方法的应用范围不做具体限定。  In addition, the embodiment of the present invention is only extended by using the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to other types of training sequences in the same system or training sequences that require high correlation in different systems. The scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通 过从常规的 N组训练序列中选择至少一组作为基础序列,并对基础序列按照素 数位循环移位获得备选序列,在保证获取到的备选序列具有足够好的相关性的 同时, 能够减少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计算时间。 请参见图 16,其示出了本发明又一实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置 结构图。该装置可以用于获取额外的训练序列,以对常规的训练序列进行扩充。 该装置可以包括: 至少一个 I/O接口 001、 至少一个处理器 002, 比如 CPU、 存储器 003和显示器 004; 存储器 003可能包含高速 Ram存储器, 也可能还 包括非不稳定的存储器(non- volatile memory ), 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。 存 储器 003可选的可以包含至少一个位于远离前述处理器 002的存储装置。在一 些实施方式中, 存储器 003存储了如下的元素, 模块或者数据结构, 或者他们 的子集, 或者他们的扩展集:  In summary, the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. Obtaining an additional training sequence with the conventional training sequence, and selecting a well-correlated sequence as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence; The training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains an alternative sequence by selecting at least one group from the normal N sets of training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shifting the base sequence according to the prime digits. While the sequence has a sufficiently good correlation, it can reduce the calculation steps, reduce hardware resource requirements, and save computing time. Referring to FIG. 16, a block diagram of a device for acquiring a training sequence according to still another embodiment of the present invention is shown. The apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence. The apparatus may include: at least one I/O interface 001, at least one processor 002, such as a CPU, a memory 003, and a display 004; the memory 003 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory) ), such as at least one disk storage. The memory 003 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 002. In some embodiments, memory 003 stores the following elements, modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
操作系统 0031 , 包含各种程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件 的任务;  Operating system 0031, which contains various programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks;
应用模块 0032, 包含如下模块之一或者组合: 循环模块、 第一计算模块、 第二计算模块以及获取模块, 上述模块的功能可以参考图 4所示的装置结构图 的说明部分, 此处不再赘述。 The application module 0032 includes one or a combination of the following modules: a loop module, a first calculation module, a second calculation module, and an acquisition module. The function of the above module may refer to the device structure diagram shown in FIG. The description of the part is not repeated here.
其中, 处理器 002与存储器相连 003; I/O接口 001—端与处理器 002和 存储器 003相连, 另一端与显示器 004相连;  The processor 002 is connected to the memory 003; the I/O interface 001 is connected to the processor 002 and the memory 003, and the other end is connected to the display 004;
所述处理器 002, 用于对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备 选序列;  The processor 002 is configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
所述处理器 002, 用于计算所述备选序列的自相关性;  The processor 002 is configured to calculate an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence;
所述处理器 002, 用于计算所述备选序列与所述常规的训练序列之间的互 相关性; 与所述常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  The processor 002 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the regular training sequence; and obtain a further training sequence by cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的。 为了对上述图 16所示的训练序列获取装置做进一步的描述,请参见图 17, 其示出了本发明再一实施例提供的训练序列获取装置的装置结构图。 该装置可 以用于获取额外的训练序列,以对常规的训练序列进行扩充。该装置可以包括: 至少一个 I/O接口 005、 至少一个处理器 006, 比如 CPU、 存储器 007和显示 器 008; 存储器 007可能包含高速 Ram存储器, 也可能还包括非不稳定的存 储器, 例如至少一个磁盘存储器。 存储器 007可选的可以包含至少一个位于远 离前述处理器 006的存储装置。 在一些实施方式中, 存储器 007存储了如下的 元素, 模块或者数据结构, 或者他们的子集, 或者他们的扩展集:  In summary, the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. The cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences. In order to further describe the training sequence acquiring apparatus shown in FIG. 16, FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing the structure of the training sequence acquiring apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment the conventional training sequence. The apparatus may include: at least one I/O interface 005, at least one processor 006, such as a CPU, memory 007, and display 008; the memory 007 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-unstable memory, such as at least one disk. Memory. The memory 007 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 006. In some embodiments, memory 007 stores the following elements, modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or their extension set:
操作系统 0071 , 包含各种程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件 的任务;  Operating system 0071, which contains various programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks;
应用模块 0072, 包含如下模块之一或者组合: 循环模块、 第一计算模块、 第二计算模块以及获取模块, 上述模块的功能可以参考图 4所示的装置结构图 的说明部分, 此处不再赘述。  The application module 0072 includes one or a combination of the following modules: a loop module, a first calculation module, a second calculation module, and an acquisition module. The function of the above module may refer to the description part of the device structure diagram shown in FIG. Narration.
处理器 006与存储器相连 007; I/O接口 005—端与处理器 006和存储器 相连 007, 另一端与显示器 008相连; 所述处理器 006, 用于对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备 选序列; The processor 006 is connected to the memory 007; the I/O interface 005 is connected to the processor 006 and the memory 007, and the other end is connected to the display 008; The processor 006 is configured to cyclically shift a regular training sequence to obtain at least one candidate sequence;
所述处理器 006, 用于计算所述备选序列的自相关性;  The processor 006 is configured to calculate an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence;
所述处理器 006, 用于计算所述备选序列与所述常规的训练序列之间的互 相关性; 与所述常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  The processor 006 is configured to calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the regular training sequence; and obtain a further training sequence by cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence.
所述处理器 006, 用于按照下列公式对 N组所述常规的训练序列进行循环 移位, 获得所述至少一组备选序列:  The processor 006 is configured to cyclically shift the N sets of the regular training sequences according to the following formula to obtain the at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
- i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  - i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为所述常规的训练序歹! , M为所述常规的训练序列的序列位数, K m M-l , m为整数, N为正整数;  Wherein, the TSC is the conventional training sequence!, M is the sequence number of the conventional training sequence, K m M-l , m is an integer, and N is a positive integer;
所述处理器 006, 用于分别计算所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的训练序列 中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  The processor 006 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
所述处理器 006, 还用于选择 N组所述常规的训练序列中的至少一组为基 础序列, 并按照下列公式对所述基础序列进行循环移位, 获得所述至少一组备 选序列:  The processor 006 is further configured to select at least one of the N sets of the regular training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain the at least one candidate sequence. :
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ {^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ {^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为所述基础序列, M为所述基础序列的序列位数, l m M-l , m为素数, N为正整数;  Wherein, TSC is the base sequence, M is a sequence number of the base sequence, l m M-l , m is a prime number, and N is a positive integer;
所述处理器 006, 用于分别计算所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的训练序列 中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  The processor 006 is configured to separately calculate a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列往往不完全一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收 到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断 发送设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序 歹I。 若要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要常规的各组训练序列之间的互相关性 尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。 同理,若要对常规的训练序列进行扩充, 增加额外的训练序列, 则该额外的训练序列与各个常规的训练序列之间的互相 关性也需要尽可能的小。 The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst. Matching with the conventional training sequence, according to the matching result, it is judged which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. To make the accuracy of the judgment high enough, the cross-correlation between the regular training sequences is required. As small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible. Similarly, if the conventional training sequence is to be expanded to add an additional training sequence, the cross-correlation between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
由于常规的训练序列之间的互相关性已经非常小,基于常规的训练序列获 取到的备选序列, 其与常规的各个训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性非常 高。 因此, 本发明实施例基于常规的训练序列获取备选序列, 相对于遍历所有 可能的备选序列或者随机选择备选序列, 在筒化计算步骤的同时, 其相关性往 往更好。 此外, 由于常规的训练序列的信噪比也足够好, 基于常规的训练序列 获取到的备选序列, 理论上其信噪比也足以满足训练序列的要求, 因此, 本发 明实施例提供的方法也不需要对备选序列做信噪比方面的分析。  Since the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences is already very small, the candidate sequences obtained based on the conventional training sequences are highly likely to have a low cross-correlation with the conventional individual training sequences. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence. In addition, since the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
具体的,训练序列获取装置可以按照下列公式对 N组常规的训练序列进行 循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列:  Specifically, the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, S Ntr—1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, S Ntr—1 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为常规的训练序列, M为常规的训练序列的序列位数, l m < M-1 , 且 m为整数, N为正整数。  Wherein, TSC is a conventional training sequence, M is a sequence number of a conventional training sequence, l m < M-1 , and m is an integer, and N is a positive integer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例,训练序列获取装置可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行循 环移位, 循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40, —共获得 120组备选序列。  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1~40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以选择 N组常规的训练序列中的至少一组为 基础序列; 并按照下列公式对该基础序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序 列:  Alternatively, the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为基础序列, M为基础序列的序列位数, l m M-l , 且 m 为素数, N为正整数。  Where TSC is the base sequence, M is the sequence number of the base sequence, l m M-l , and m is a prime number, and N is a positive integer.
同样以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩 充为例, 为了进一步的筒化计算步骤, 减少计算时间, 训练序列获取装置可以 只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并对基础序列进 行循环移位获得备选序列。  The expansion of the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional in the GSM system is also taken as an example. In order to further calculate the calculation steps and reduce the calculation time, the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence.
其中, 在选择常规的训练序列中的至少一组为基础序列时, 可以随机选择 N组常规训练序列中的一组,也可以选择该 N组常规训练序列中相关性最好的 一组。 比如,训练序列获取装置可以随机选择常规的 N组训练序列中的一组作 为基础序列, 也可以对常规的 N组训练序列按照 1~M-1的位数进行循环移位, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性, 将互相关 性最好的一组训练序列获取为基础序列, 其中, 互相关性最好的一组训练序列 是指循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性的平均值最小的一组训练 序列, 或者, 循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性在靠近 0点处的分 布最密集的一组训练序列。 Wherein, when at least one of the conventional training sequences is selected as the basic sequence, the random selection may be randomly selected. A group of the N sets of regular training sequences may also select the group with the best correlation among the N sets of conventional training sequences. For example, the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1~M-1 digits, and calculate each group. The cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift The set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
此外, 对基础序列进行循环移位时, 可以按照奇数位循环移位、 偶数位循 环移位或者素数位循环移位, 其中, 按照素数位循环移位获得的备选序列与常 规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最高, 而按照偶数位循环移位获得的 备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最低, 因此, 为了进一 步减少筒化计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 减少计算时间, 可以只对上述基础 序列按照素数位进行循环移位。  In addition, when the base sequence is cyclically shifted, the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence. The possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例,常规的 Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the conventional
3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下: The training sequence of the three sets of random access bursts is as follows:
第 1组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);  Group 1: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 , 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
第 2组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  Group 2: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
第 3组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。  Group 3: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
训练序列获取装置首先对上述 3组训练序列按照 1~41的位数进行循环移 位, 获得每组训练序列各自对应的备选序列, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移 位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性,假设分析确定对第 1组训练序列循环移位 获得的备选序列之间的互相关性最好, 则训练序列获取装置进一步将第 1组训 练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 其中, 1~41之间的素数有 2, 3, 5, 7, 11 , 13 , 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37共 12个, 训练序列获取装置将第 1组训练序列 分别循环移位 2, 3, 5 , 7, 11 , 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37位, 获得 12组 备选序列。  The training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence. The 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, and 37 positions were cyclically shifted, and 12 sets of alternative sequences were obtained.
通过上述步骤, 本发明实施例提供的方法在保证获取到的备选序列具有足 够好的相关性的同时, 能够进一步减少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计 算时间。 Through the above steps, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention ensures that the obtained candidate sequence has a foot. When the correlation is good enough, the calculation steps can be further reduced, the hardware resource requirements are reduced, and the calculation time is saved.
其中, 计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法有很多, 比如按照皮尔逊公 式进行计算, 对于计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法, 本发明实施例不做 具体限定。  There are many methods for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence, for example, the calculation according to the Pearson formula, and the method for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 当存在 N组常规的训练序列时,训练序列获取装置需要分 别计算获得的备选序列与该 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关 性。  It should be noted that, when there are N sets of conventional training sequences, the training sequence obtaining means needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequences and the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
比如, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列后, 需要分别 计算该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  For example, the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated. The cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
所述处理器 006, 用于检测所述备选序列是否满足第一预定条件; 若所述 备选序列满足所述第一预定条件, 则将所述备选序列获取为所述额外的训练序 列; 其中, 所述第一预定条件包括:  The processor 006 is configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence Wherein the first predetermined condition comprises:
所述备选序列的自相关性大于第一相关性阈值, 且所述备选序列与所述 N 组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈 值; 和 /或, 所述备选序列的自相关性和所述备选序列与所述 N组常规的训练 序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值。  The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold And/or, the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the difference in the maximum value of the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
所述处理器 006, 还用于检测所述备选序列是否满足第二预定条件; 若所 述备选序列满足所述第二预定条件, 则将所述备选序列获取为所述额外的训练 序列; 其中, 所述第二预定条件包括:  The processor 006 is further configured to detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training a sequence; wherein, the second predetermined condition comprises:
所述备选序列处于第一序列组中的前 a位, 且所述备选序列处于第二序列 组中的前 b位; 和 /或, 所述备选序列处于第三序列组中的前 c位; a、 b和 c 小于所述备选序列的组数;  The candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group C-bit; a, b and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence;
所述第一序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性由大到 小的顺序排列获得的序列组;  The first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in descending order of respective autocorrelation;
所述第二序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自与所述 N组常规的 训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值由小到大的顺序排列获得的 序歹 'J组;  The second sequence group is a sequence obtained by arranging the at least one set of candidate sequences in a small to large order according to a maximum value of cross-correlation between each of the N sets of conventional training sequences.歹'J group;
所述第三序列组为将所述至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性和各自 与所述 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序排列获得的序列组。 The third sequence group is a difference between a maximum value of a cross-correlation between the at least one set of candidate sequences according to respective autocorrelation and respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences. The sequence groups obtained are arranged in a large to small order.
训练序列获取装置可以检测该备选序列是否满足第一预定条件; 若该备选 序列满足该第一预定条件, 则将该备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, 该 第一预定条件包括:  The training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
该备选序列的自相关性大于第一相关性阈值,且该备选序列与该 N组常规 的训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值; 和 /或, 该备选序列的自相关性和该备选序列与该 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列 之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值。  The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The difference between the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is greater than a difference threshold.
训练序列获取装置还可以检测该备选序列是否满足第二预定条件; 若该备 选序列满足该第二预定条件,则将该备选序列获取为该额外的训练序列;其中, 该第二预定条件包括: 该备选序列处于该第一序列组中的前 a位, 且该备选序 列处于该第二序列组中的前 b位;和 /或,该备选序列处于该第三序列组中的前 c位; a、 b和 c小于该备选序列的组数。  The training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group The first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
其中, 第一序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性由大到小 的顺序排列获得的序列组; 第二序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自与 N 组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值由小到大的顺序排 列获得的序列组; 第三序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性和 各自与 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序排列获得的序列组。  The first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation; the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large; the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and The sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
具体的,开发人员可以对自相关性、互相关性和 /或自相关性与互相关性之 间的差值设定相关阈值,训练序列获取装置可以将满足相关阈值的备选序列获 取为额外的训练序列。以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算 该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性以及各自 的自相关性之后, 可以将自相关性大于第一相关性阈值, 且与常规的 3组训练 序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值的训练序列获 取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将自相关性和与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选 序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置也可以将自相关性大于 第一相关性阈值, 与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值 小于第二相关性阈值, 并且自相关性和与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之 间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列。 Specifically, the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. Cyclic shift, obtain 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculate the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective autocorrelation, respectively, the autocorrelation can be greater than a first correlation threshold, and a training sequence having a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence that is smaller than the second correlation threshold is acquired as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may An alternative sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may also The autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three training sequences An alternative sequence that is less than the second correlation threshold and that differs from the maximum of the correlation between the autocorrelation and the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以按照自相关性和互相关性对备选序列进行 排序, 将排序最靠前, 即相关性最好的一组或多组备选序列获取为额外的训练 序列。 同样以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的第 1组训练 序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算该 12组备选 后, 将该 12组备选序列分别按照各自的自相关性由大到小, 各自与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值由小到大, 以及各自的自相关 性和各自与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序进行排列, 获得三个序列组。 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第一 个序列组中的前 a位, 且处于该第二个序列组中的前 b位的备选序列获取为额 外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于该第三个序列组中的前 c 位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第 一个序列组中的前 a位, 处于第二个序列组中的前 b位, 且处于第三个序列组 中的前 c位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, a、 b和 c的取值小于 12。  Alternatively, the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and obtain the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequences. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventionally in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. After cyclic shifting, 12 sets of candidate sequences are obtained, and after the 12 sets of candidates are respectively calculated, the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively in accordance with their respective autocorrelations, and each of them is in a conventional three-group training sequence. The maximum value of the correlation between the individual sequences is small to large, and the difference between the respective autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective three sets of training sequences is from large to small. The order is arranged to obtain three sequence groups. The training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group The first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
在实际应用中, 上述第一相关性阈值、 第二相关性阈值、 差值阈值以及 a、 明实施例不做具体限定。  In the actual application, the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a, the embodiment are not specifically limited.
所述额外的训练序列包括下列三组序列中的至少一组:  The additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1
0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另夕卜,本发明实施例仅以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖 的训练序列进行扩充为例进行说明,但本发明实施例所示方法的应用范围并不 限定与此, 对于同系统中的其它类型训练序列或者不同系统中对相关性要求较 高的训练序列, 本发明实施例提供的方法也同样适用。 本发明实施例对于所示 方法的应用范围不做具体限定。 In addition, the embodiment of the present invention only uses three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional to the GSM system. The training sequence is extended for example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. For other types of training sequences in the same system or training sequences with higher correlation requirements in different systems, The methods provided by the embodiments of the present invention are also applicable. The scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取装置, 通 过从常规的 N组训练序列中选择至少一组作为基础序列,并对基础序列按照素 数位循环移位获得备选序列,在保证获取到的备选序列具有足够好的相关性的 同时, 能够进一步减少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计算时间。 为了对上述训练序列匹配系统中的额外的训练序列的获取方法做进一步 的描述,请参见图 18,其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的训练序列获取方法的 方法流程图。 该方法可以用于获取额外的训练序列, 以对常规的训练序列进行 扩充。 该方法可以包括:  In summary, the training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. Obtaining an additional training sequence with the conventional training sequence, and selecting a well-correlated sequence as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after expanding the additional training sequence; The training sequence obtaining apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains an alternative sequence by selecting at least one group from the normal N sets of training sequences as a base sequence, and cyclically shifting the base sequence according to the prime digits. While the sequence has a sufficiently good correlation, it can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce hardware resource requirements, and save computing time. In order to further describe the acquisition method of the additional training sequence in the above training sequence matching system, please refer to FIG. 18, which shows a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to an embodiment of the present invention. This method can be used to acquire additional training sequences to augment a conventional training sequence. The method can include:
步骤 1802, 对常规的训练序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列; 步骤 1804, 计算该备选序列的自相关性;  Step 1802, cyclically shifting a regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences; Step 1804, calculating an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence;
步骤 1806, 计算该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性; 步骤 1808,根据该备选序列的自相关性以及该备选序列与常规的训练序列 之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  Step 1806, calculating a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and a conventional training sequence; Step 1808, obtaining an extra according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence Training sequence.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取方法, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的。 为了对上述图 18所示的训练序列获取方法做更进一步的描述, 请参见图 19, 其示出了本发明另一实施例提供的训练序列获取方法的方法流程图。 以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为例, 该训 练序列获取方法可以包括: In summary, the training sequence acquisition method provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains at least one set of candidate sequences by cyclically shifting a conventional training sequence, and according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence. The cross-correlation with the conventional training sequence acquires additional training sequences, and the well-correlated sequences are selected as additional training sequences, so as to ensure the matching accuracy of the training sequences after expanding the additional training sequences. In order to further describe the training sequence acquisition method shown in FIG. 18, FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for acquiring a training sequence according to another embodiment of the present invention. For example, the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system is extended. The training sequence acquisition method may include:
步骤 1902,训练序列获取装置对常规的训练序列进行循环移位,获得至少 一组备选序列;  Step 1902, the training sequence acquiring device cyclically shifts the regular training sequence to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences;
通信系统对训练序列的相关性要求较高, 以 GSM系统为例, 突发脉沖在 传递信息的过程中, 由于信道干扰等因素, 突发脉沖中的训练序列不可避免的 会发生畸变, 因此, 接收设备从接收到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与发送设备 在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列往往不完全一致, 此时, 需要接收设备将从接收 到的突发脉沖中提取出的序列与常规的训练序列进行匹配,根据匹配结果判断 发送设备在突发脉沖中添加的训练序列具体是常规的训练序列中的哪一组序 歹l。 若要使判断的准确性足够高, 则需要常规的各组训练序列之间的互相关性 尽可能的小, 而自相关性尽可能的大。 同理,若要对常规的训练序列进行扩充, 增加额外的训练序列, 则该额外的训练序列与各个常规的训练序列之间的互相 关性也需要尽可能的小。  The communication system has higher requirements for the training sequence. Taking the GSM system as an example, in the process of transmitting information, the training sequence in the burst will inevitably be distorted due to channel interference and other factors. The sequence extracted by the receiving device from the received burst is not exactly the same as the training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst. In this case, the receiving device needs to extract the sequence from the received burst. Matching with the conventional training sequence, it is judged according to the matching result which training sequence added by the transmitting device in the burst is specifically which of the conventional training sequences. To make the accuracy of the judgment high enough, the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences is as small as possible, and the autocorrelation is as large as possible. Similarly, if a conventional training sequence is to be expanded to add an additional training sequence, the interrelationship between the additional training sequence and each of the conventional training sequences needs to be as small as possible.
由于常规的训练序列之间的互相关性已经非常小,基于常规的训练序列获 取到的备选序列, 其与常规的各个训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性非常 高。 因此, 本发明实施例基于常规的训练序列获取备选序列, 相对于遍历所有 可能的备选序列或者随机选择备选序列, 在筒化计算步骤的同时, 其相关性往 往更好。 此外, 由于常规的训练序列的信噪比也足够好, 基于常规的训练序列 获取到的备选序列, 理论上其信噪比也足以满足训练序列的要求, 因此, 本发 明实施例提供的方法也不需要对备选序列做信噪比方面的分析。  Since the cross-correlation between the conventional training sequences is already very small, the candidate sequences obtained based on the conventional training sequences are highly likely to have a low cross-correlation with the conventional individual training sequences. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention acquires an alternative sequence based on a conventional training sequence, and the correlation is often better at the same time as the step of calculating the calculation, rather than traversing all possible alternative sequences or randomly selecting the candidate sequence. In addition, since the signal-to-noise ratio of the conventional training sequence is also good enough, the candidate sequence obtained based on the conventional training sequence is theoretically sufficient to meet the requirements of the training sequence. Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is provided. There is also no need to analyze the signal-to-noise ratio of the candidate sequences.
具体的,训练序列获取装置可以按照下列公式对 N组常规的训练序列进行 循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列:  Specifically, the training sequence acquiring device may cyclically shift the N sets of conventional training sequences according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, S ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,····, S ), m)
~ {^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ {^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为常规的训练序列, M为常规的训练序列的序列位数, l m < M-1 , 且 m为整数, N为正整数。  Wherein, TSC is a conventional training sequence, M is a sequence number of a conventional training sequence, l m < M-1 , and m is an integer, and N is a positive integer.
以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩充为 例,训练序列获取装置可以对常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行循 环移位, 循环移位的位数取值范围为 1~40, —共获得 120组备选序列。  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device can cyclically shift the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts, and cyclically shift The number of bits in the range is 1~40, and a total of 120 sets of candidate sequences are obtained.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以选择 N组常规的训练序列中的至少一组为 基础序列; 并按照下列公式对该基础序列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序 列: Alternatively, the training sequence obtaining means may further select at least one of the N sets of conventional training sequences as a base sequence; and cyclically shift the base sequence according to the following formula to obtain at least one set of candidates Column:
circshift(n, m) = circshift((5。, ,···, ), m)  Circshift(n, m) = circshift((5., ,···· ) , m)
~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 ) ·  ~ i^Ntr-m, · · ·, ^Ntr-l ' ' ' " ' ' ^ Ntr-m-1 )
其中, TSC为基础序列, M为基础序列的序列位数, l m M-l , 且 m 为素数, N为正整数。  Where TSC is the base sequence, M is the sequence number of the base sequence, l m M-l , and m is a prime number, and N is a positive integer.
同样以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列进行扩 充为例, 为了进一步的筒化计算步骤, 减少计算时间, 训练序列获取装置可以 只选择 3组常规的训练序列中的一组或者两组作为基础序列, 并对基础序列进 行循环移位获得备选序列。  The expansion of the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional in the GSM system is also taken as an example. In order to further calculate the calculation steps and reduce the calculation time, the training sequence acquisition device can select only three sets of conventional training sequences. One or two groups are used as the base sequence, and the base sequence is cyclically shifted to obtain an alternative sequence.
其中, 在选择常规的训练序列中的至少一组为基础序列时, 可以随机选择 N组常规训练序列中的一组,也可以选择该 N组常规训练序列中相关性最好的 一组。 比如,训练序列获取装置可以随机选择常规的 N组训练序列中的一组作 为基础序列, 也可以对常规的 N组训练序列按照 1~M-1的位数进行循环移位, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性, 将互相关 性最好的一组训练序列获取为基础序列, 其中, 互相关性最好的一组训练序列 是指循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性的平均值最小的一组训练 序列, 或者, 循环移位获得的各个备选序列之间的互相关性在靠近 0点处的分 布最密集的一组训练序列。  Wherein, when at least one of the conventional training sequences is selected as the base sequence, one of the N normal training sequences may be randomly selected, or the most relevant one of the N normal training sequences may be selected. For example, the training sequence obtaining device may randomly select one of the regular N sets of training sequences as the base sequence, or may cyclically shift the normal N sets of training sequences according to the number of 1~M-1 digits, and calculate each group. The cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the training sequences is obtained, and the best set of training sequences is obtained as the basic sequence, wherein the best cross-correlation training sequence refers to cyclic shift The set of training sequences with the smallest average of cross-correlation between the various candidate sequences obtained by the bits, or the cross-correlation between the respective candidate sequences obtained by the cyclic shift is the most densely distributed near the 0 point A set of training sequences.
此外, 对基础序列进行循环移位时, 可以按照奇数位循环移位、 偶数位循 环移位或者素数位循环移位, 其中, 按照素数位循环移位获得的备选序列与常 规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最高, 而按照偶数位循环移位获得的 备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性小的可能性最低, 因此, 为了进一 步减少筒化计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 减少计算时间, 可以只对上述基础 序列按照素数位进行循环移位。  In addition, when the base sequence is cyclically shifted, the odd-order cyclic shift, the even-numbered cyclic shift, or the prime-bit cyclic shift may be performed, wherein the candidate sequence obtained by cyclic shift of the prime digit is compared with the conventional training sequence. The possibility of small cross-correlation is the highest, and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence obtained by the even-bit cyclic shift and the conventional training sequence is the least likely. Therefore, in order to further reduce the calculation step of the tube, Reducing hardware resource requirements and reducing computation time, it is possible to cyclically shift only the prime bits of the above basic sequence.
以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例,常规的 3组随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列如下:  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequences of the conventional three sets of random access bursts are as follows:
第 1组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);  Group 1: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 , 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
第 2组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);  Group 2: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 , 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1);
第 3组: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) =(1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1)。 Group 3: (BN8, BN9 -..BN48) = (1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1 , 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1).
训练序列获取装置首先对上述 3组训练序列按照 1~41的位数进行循环移 位, 获得每组训练序列各自对应的备选序列, 并计算每组训练序列各自循环移 位获得的备选序列之间的互相关性,假设分析确定对第 1组训练序列循环移位 获得的备选序列之间的互相关性最好, 则训练序列获取装置进一步将第 1组训 练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 其中, 1~41之间的素数有 2, 3, 5, 7, 11 , 13 , 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37共 12个, 训练序列获取装置将第 1组训练序列 分别循环移位 2, 3, 5 , 7, 11 , 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31 , 37位, 获得 12组 备选序列。  The training sequence acquiring device first cyclically shifts the above three training sequences according to the number of bits from 1 to 41, obtains an alternative sequence corresponding to each training sequence, and calculates an alternative sequence obtained by cyclic shifting of each training sequence. Between the cross-correlation, the hypothesis analysis determines that the cross-correlation between the candidate sequences obtained by cyclic shifting of the first group of training sequences is the best, and the training sequence acquiring device further circulates the first group of training sequences according to the prime digits. Shift, wherein there are 12 prime numbers between 1 and 41, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, and the training sequence acquisition device will be the first training sequence. The 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, and 37 positions were cyclically shifted, and 12 sets of alternative sequences were obtained.
通过上述步骤, 本发明实施例提供的方法在保证获取到的备选序列具有足 够好的相关性的同时, 能够进一步减少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计 算时间。  Through the above steps, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention can further reduce the calculation steps, reduce the hardware resource requirements, and save the calculation time while ensuring that the obtained candidate sequences have sufficient correlation.
步骤 1904,训练序列获取装置计算该备选序列的自相关性以及该备选序列 与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性;  Step 1904, the training sequence obtaining device calculates an autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and a cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and a conventional training sequence;
其中, 计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法有很多, 比如按照皮尔逊公 式进行计算, 对于计算序列的自相关性和互相关性的方法, 本发明实施例不做 具体限定。  There are many methods for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence, for example, the calculation according to the Pearson formula, and the method for calculating the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation of the sequence is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 当存在 N组常规的训练序列时,训练序列获取装置需要分 别计算获得的备选序列与该 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关 生。  It should be noted that, when there are N sets of conventional training sequences, the training sequence obtaining means needs to separately calculate the cross-correlation between the obtained candidate sequences and the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences.
比如, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列后, 需要分别 计算该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性。  For example, the training sequence acquisition device cyclically shifts the first training sequence of the training sequences of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits, and after obtaining 12 sets of candidate sequences, the 12 sets of preparations need to be separately calculated. The cross-correlation between the sequence and each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is selected.
步骤 1906,训练序列获取装置根据该备选序列的自相关性以及该备选序列 与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列。  Step 1906, the training sequence acquisition device acquires an additional training sequence according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence.
训练序列获取装置可以检测该备选序列是否满足第一预定条件; 若该备选 序列满足该第一预定条件, 则将该备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, 该 第一预定条件包括:  The training sequence obtaining means may detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a first predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the first predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as an additional training sequence; wherein the first predetermined condition includes :
该备选序列的自相关性大于第一相关性阈值,且该备选序列与该 N组常规 的训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值; 和 /或, 该备选序列的自相关性和该备选序列与该 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列 之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值。 The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum of the correlation between the candidate sequence and each of the N sets of conventional training sequences is less than the second correlation threshold; and/or The autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence and each sequence in the N sets of conventional training sequences The difference between the maximum values of the correlations is greater than the difference threshold.
训练序列获取装置还可以检测该备选序列是否满足第二预定条件; 若该备 选序列满足该第二预定条件,则将该备选序列获取为该额外的训练序列;其中, 该第二预定条件包括: 该备选序列处于该第一序列组中的前 a位, 且该备选序 列处于该第二序列组中的前 b位;和 /或,该备选序列处于该第三序列组中的前 c位; a、 b和 c小于该备选序列的组数。  The training sequence obtaining means may further detect whether the candidate sequence satisfies a second predetermined condition; if the candidate sequence satisfies the second predetermined condition, acquiring the candidate sequence as the additional training sequence; wherein the second predetermined The condition includes: the candidate sequence is in the first a position in the first sequence group, and the candidate sequence is in the first b position in the second sequence group; and/or the candidate sequence is in the third sequence group The first c bits in ; a, b, and c are smaller than the number of groups of the candidate sequence.
其中, 第一序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性由大到小 的顺序排列获得的序列组; 第二序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自与 N 组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值由小到大的顺序排 列获得的序列组; 第三序列组为将该至少一组备选序列按照各自的自相关性和 各自与 N组常规的训练序列中的各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序排列获得的序列组。  The first sequence group is a sequence group obtained by arranging the at least one candidate sequence in descending order of respective autocorrelation; the second sequence group is the at least one candidate sequence according to the respective a sequence group obtained by arranging the maximum values of cross-correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional training sequence from small to large; the third sequence group is according to the respective autocorrelation and The sequence groups obtained by sequentially arranging the differences in the maximum values of the cross-correlities between the respective sequences in the N sets of conventional training sequences are arranged in descending order.
具体的,开发人员可以对自相关性、互相关性和 /或自相关性与互相关性之 间的差值设定相关阈值,训练序列获取装置可以将满足相关阈值的备选序列获 取为额外的训练序列。以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练 序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的 第 1组训练序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算 该 12组备选序列与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性以及各自 的自相关性之后, 可以将自相关性大于第一相关性阈值, 且与常规的 3组训练 序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值小于第二相关性阈值的训练序列获 取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将自相关性和与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选 序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置也可以将自相关性大于 第一相关性阈值, 与常规的 3组训练序列中各个序列之间的互相关性的最大值 小于第二相关性阈值, 并且自相关性和与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之 间的相关性的最大值的差值大于差值阈值的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列。  Specifically, the developer may set a correlation threshold for the difference between the autocorrelation, the cross-correlation, and/or the autocorrelation and the cross-correlation, and the training sequence acquisition device may acquire the candidate sequence that satisfies the relevant threshold as an additional Training sequence. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring device performs the first group training sequence in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. Cyclic shift, obtain 12 sets of candidate sequences, and calculate the cross-correlation between the 12 sets of candidate sequences and the sequences of the conventional 3 sets of training sequences and their respective autocorrelation, respectively, the autocorrelation can be greater than a first correlation threshold, and a training sequence having a maximum value of cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence that is smaller than the second correlation threshold is acquired as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may An alternative sequence in which the difference between the autocorrelation and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the conventional three sets of training sequences is greater than the difference threshold is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may also The autocorrelation is greater than the first correlation threshold, and the maximum value of the cross-correlation between each sequence in the conventional three-group training sequence is smaller than the second phase. Threshold, and the difference from the correlation between the correlation maximum value and 3 conventional set of training sequences each sequence is greater than the difference threshold candidate sequences acquired as additional training sequence.
或者,训练序列获取装置还可以按照自相关性和互相关性对备选序列进行 排序, 将排序最靠前, 即相关性最好的一组或多组备选序列获取为额外的训练 序列。 同样以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例, 训练序列获取装置将 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列中的第 1组训练 序列按照素数位进行循环移位, 获得 12组备选序列, 并分别计算该 12组备选 后, 将该 12组备选序列分别按照各自的自相关性由大到小, 各自与常规的 3 组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值由小到大, 以及各自的自相关 性和各自与常规的 3组训练序列中的各个序列之间的相关性的最大值的差值由 大到小的顺序进行排列, 获得三个序列组。 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第一 个序列组中的前 a位, 且处于该第二个序列组中的前 b位的备选序列获取为额 外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于该第三个序列组中的前 c 位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 或者, 训练序列获取装置可以将处于第 一个序列组中的前 a位, 处于第二个序列组中的前 b位, 且处于第三个序列组 中的前 c位的备选序列获取为额外的训练序列; 其中, a、 b和 c的取值小于 12。 Alternatively, the training sequence acquisition device may also sort the candidate sequences according to autocorrelation and cross-correlation, and acquire the most advanced one or more sets of candidate sequences with the highest ranking, that is, the additional training sequence. Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventionally in the GSM system as an example, the training sequence acquiring apparatus divides the first group of training sequences in the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts according to the prime digits. Perform a cyclic shift to obtain 12 sets of candidate sequences and calculate the 12 sets of alternatives separately After that, the 12 sets of candidate sequences are respectively changed from large to small according to their respective autocorrelations, and the maximum value of the correlation between each of the respective groups of the conventional three sets of training sequences is small to large, and the respective selfs. The correlation and the difference between the respective maximum values of the correlations between the respective sequences in the conventional three sets of training sequences are arranged in descending order, and three sequence groups are obtained. The training sequence obtaining means may acquire the candidate sequence of the first a bit in the first sequence group and the first b bit in the second sequence group as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence acquiring device may The candidate sequence of the first c bits in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; or, the training sequence obtaining device may place the first a bit in the first sequence group in the second sequence group The first b-bit, and the candidate sequence of the first c-bit in the third sequence group is obtained as an additional training sequence; wherein a, b, and c have values less than 12.
在实际应用中, 上述第一相关性阈值、 第二相关性阈值、 差值阈值以及 a、 明实施例不做具体限定。  In the actual application, the foregoing first correlation threshold, the second correlation threshold, the difference threshold, and a, the embodiment are not specifically limited.
以 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖的训练序列为例,本发明 实施例通过上述方法获得下列三组相关性最好的序列:  Taking the training sequence of three sets of 41-bit random access bursts conventional in the GSM system as an example, the following three methods of obtaining the most relevant sequences are obtained by the above method:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);  (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);  (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); 该三组序列由常规的第一组训练序列分别循环移动 1、 3以及 31位获得。  (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1); The three sets of sequences are cyclically moved by the conventional first set of training sequences. , 3 and 31 get.
在实际应用中, GSM 系统可以选择上述三组相关性最好的序列中的至少 一组序列作为额外的训练序列, 接收设备和发送设备共知该额外的训练序列。  In practical applications, the GSM system may select at least one of the above three sets of the most closely related sequences as an additional training sequence, and the receiving device and the transmitting device are aware of the additional training sequence.
另夕卜,本发明实施例仅以对 GSM系统常规的 3组 41位随机接入突发脉沖 的训练序列进行扩充为例进行说明,但本发明实施例所示方法的应用范围并不 限定与此, 对于同系统中的其它类型训练序列或者不同系统中对相关性要求较 高的训练序列, 本发明实施例提供的方法也同样适用。 本发明实施例对于所示 方法的应用范围不做具体限定。  In addition, the embodiment of the present invention is only extended by using the training sequence of the three sets of 41-bit random access bursts in the GSM system as an example, but the application range of the method shown in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to other types of training sequences in the same system or training sequences that require high correlation in different systems. The scope of application of the method shown in the present invention is not specifically limited.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的训练序列获取方法, 通过对常规的训练序 列进行循环移位, 获得至少一组备选序列, 并根据该备选序列的自相关性以及 该备选序列与常规的训练序列之间的互相关性获取额外的训练序列, 选用相关 性较好的序列作为额外的训练序列, 达到在扩充额外的训练序列之后保证训练 序列的匹配准确性的目的; 另外, 本发明实施例提供的方法, 通过从常规的 N 组训练序列中选择至少一组作为基础序列, 并对基础序列按照素数位循环移位 获得备选序列, 在保证获取到的备选序列具有足够好的相关性的同时, 能够减 少计算步骤, 降低硬件资源要求, 节约计算时间。 本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通 过硬件来完成, 也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成, 所述的程序可以存储 于一种计算机可读存储介质中, 上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器, 磁盘 或光盘等。 以上所述仅为本发明的较佳实施例, 并不用以限制本发明, 凡在本发明的 精神和原则之内, 所作的任何修改、 等同替换、 改进等, 均应包含在本发明的 保护范围之内。 In summary, the training sequence acquisition method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is performed by using a conventional training sequence. The column is cyclically shifted to obtain at least one set of candidate sequences, and an additional training sequence is obtained according to the autocorrelation of the candidate sequence and the cross-correlation between the candidate sequence and the conventional training sequence, and the correlation is selected. A good sequence is used as an additional training sequence to achieve the purpose of ensuring the matching accuracy of the training sequence after the additional training sequence is extended. In addition, the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention selects at least one group from the conventional N group training sequences. As the basic sequence, the base sequence is cyclically shifted by the prime digits to obtain the candidate sequence. While ensuring that the obtained candidate sequences have sufficient correlation, the calculation steps can be reduced, the hardware resource requirements are reduced, and the calculation time is saved. A person skilled in the art may understand that all or part of the steps of implementing the above embodiments may be completed by hardware, or may be instructed by a program to execute related hardware, and the program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The storage medium mentioned may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like. The above is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc., which are within the spirit and scope of the present invention, should be included in the protection of the present invention. Within the scope.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收设备包括: 1. A receiving device, characterized in that the receiving device includes:
接收模块, 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖; A receiving module, configured to receive burst pulses sent by at least one sending device;
提取模块, 用于从所述接收模块接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列; 第一获取模块, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训 练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行 循环移位获得的序列; An extraction module, used to extract the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse received by the receiving module; a first acquisition module, used to obtain multiple sets of training sequences, the multiple sets of training sequences include conventional training sequences and additional Training sequence, the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
匹配模块, 用于将所述提取模块提取到的待匹配序列与所述第一获取模块 获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列进行匹配。 A matching module, configured to match the sequence to be matched extracted by the extraction module with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence acquired by the first acquisition module.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列包 括下列三组序列中的至少一组: 2. The receiving device according to claim 1, characterized in that the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three groups of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 3. The receiving device according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that,
所述接收模块, 用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别 发送的随机接入突发脉沖; The receiving module is used to receive random access burst pulses sent by the first sending device and the second sending device respectively in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。 Wherein, the at least one sending device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一获取模块, 包 括: 4. The receiving device according to claim 3, characterized in that the first acquisition module includes:
第一获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训 练序列; A first acquisition unit, configured to acquire the pre-stored conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence;
第二获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; 第一循环单元, 用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 A second acquisition unit, configured to acquire the pre-stored conventional training sequence; The first cyclic unit is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored conventional training sequence by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
5、 一种接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收设备包括: 接收机和处理器; 所述接收机, 用于接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖; 5. A receiving device, characterized in that: the receiving device includes: a receiver and a processor; the receiver is used to receive burst pulses sent by at least one sending device;
所述处理器, 用于从所述接收机接收到的突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列; 所述处理器, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循 环移位获得的序列; The processor is used to extract the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse received by the receiver; the processor is used to obtain multiple sets of training sequences, the multiple sets of training sequences include conventional training sequences and Additional training sequence, the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
所述处理器, 还用于将所述待匹配序列与所述常规的训练序列和所述额外 的训练序列进行匹配。 The processor is also configured to match the sequence to be matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列包 括下列三组序列中的至少一组: 6. The receiving device according to claim 5, characterized in that the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three groups of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1,
0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
7、 根据权利要求 5或 6所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 7. The receiving device according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that,
所述接收机, 用于接收第一发送设备和第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别发 送的随机接入突发脉沖; The receiver is configured to receive random access burst pulses respectively sent by the first sending device and the second sending device in the same time slot;
其中, 所述至少一个发送设备包括所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖。 Wherein, the at least one sending device includes the first sending device and the second sending device, and the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的接收设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收设备还包括: 存储器; 所述额外的训练序列; 所述处理器, 还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 8. The receiving device according to claim 7, characterized in that, the receiving device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; The processor is further configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored conventional training sequence by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
9、 一种发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述发送设备包括: 9. A sending device, characterized in that the sending device includes:
第二获取模块, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训 练序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行 循环移位获得的序列; The second acquisition module is used to acquire multiple sets of training sequences. The multiple sets of training sequences include conventional training sequences and additional training sequences. The additional training sequences are obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequences. sequence;
选择模块, 用于从所述第二获取模块获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一 组训练序列; A selection module, configured to select a set of training sequences from the plurality of sets of training sequences acquired by the second acquisition module;
添加模块, 用于将所述选择模块选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突 发脉沖中; 收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹 配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。 An adding module, used to add the training sequence selected by the selection module to the burst pulse to be sent; a receiving device, the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse, and The sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence obtained by the receiving device.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列 包括下列三组序列中的至少一组: 10. The sending device according to claim 9, characterized in that the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three groups of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
11、 根据权利要求 9或 10所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述选择模块, 包括: 11. The sending device according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the selection module includes:
第一选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; The first selection unit is configured to randomly select a group of training sequences from the plurality of groups of training sequences when the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse when accessing for the first time;
第二选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列; 第三选择单元, 用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训练 序列。 A second selection unit, configured to select a pre-specified group of training sequences from the plurality of groups of training sequences when the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse when accessing for the first time; A third selection unit, configured to select a group from the plurality of training sequences that is different from the training sequence selected during the last access when the burst is a random access burst during re-access. training sequence.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二获取模块, 包括: 12. The sending device according to claim 11, characterized in that the second acquisition module includes:
第三获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训 练序列; A third acquisition unit, configured to acquire the pre-stored conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence;
第四获取单元, 用于获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; The fourth acquisition unit is used to acquire the pre-stored conventional training sequence;
第二循环单元, 用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 The second cyclic unit is configured to cyclically shift the pre-stored conventional training sequence by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
13、 一种发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述发送设备包括: 处理器和发射机; 所述处理器, 用于获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练 序列和额外的训练序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循 环移位获得的序列; 13. A sending device, characterized in that the sending device includes: a processor and a transmitter; the processor is used to obtain multiple sets of training sequences, the multiple sets of training sequences include conventional training sequences and additional Training sequence, the additional training sequence is a sequence obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequence;
所述处理器, 用于从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; 所述处理器, 用于将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中; 所述处理器, 用于控制所述发射机将添加有选择出的所述训练序列的所述 突发脉沖发送给接收设备, 由所述接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序 列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训 练序列进行匹配。 The processor is configured to select a set of training sequences from the acquired multiple sets of training sequences; the processor is configured to add the selected training sequence to a burst pulse to be sent; The processor is configured to control the transmitter to send the burst pulse with the selected training sequence added to the receiving device, and the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse, And the sequence to be matched is matched with the conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence obtained by the receiving device.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列 包括下列三组序列中的至少一组: 14. The sending device according to claim 13, characterized in that the additional training sequence includes at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1);
(1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
15、 根据权利要求 13或 14所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 15. The sending device according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that,
所述处理器, 用于当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从所述多组训练序列中 选择预先指定的一组训练序列; The processor is configured to randomly select a set of training sequences from the multiple sets of training sequences when the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse during the first access; or, select a set of training sequences from the multiple sets of training sequences. Select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the sequence;
所述处理器, 用于当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的训练 序列。 The processor is configured to select a group from the plurality of training sequences that is different from the training sequence selected during the last access when the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse during re-access. training sequence.
16、根据权利要求 15所述的发送设备, 其特征在于, 所述发送设备还包括: 存储器; 所述额外的训练序列; 所述处理器, 还用于将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 16. The sending device according to claim 15, characterized in that, the sending device further includes: a memory; the additional training sequence; the processor, further configured to convert the pre-stored conventional training sequence into Cyclically shift by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
17、 一种训练序列匹配方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 17. A training sequence matching method, characterized in that the method includes:
接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖, 从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配 序列; Receive a burst pulse sent by at least one sending device, and extract the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse;
获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额外的训练 序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序列; 将所述待匹配序列与获取到的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列 进行匹配。 Obtain multiple sets of training sequences. The multiple sets of training sequences include regular training sequences and additional training sequences. The additional training sequences are sequences obtained by cyclically shifting the regular training sequences; The sequence is matched with the obtained conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence.
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列包括 下列三组序列中的至少一组: 18. The method of claim 17, wherein the additional training sequences include at least one of the following three sets of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1,
0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
19、 根据权利要求 17或 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个发送 设备包括第一发送设备和第二发送设备, 所述突发脉沖为随机接入突发脉沖; 所述接收至少一个发送设备发送的突发脉沖, 包括: 19. The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that, the at least one sending device includes a first sending device and a second sending device, the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse; the receiving A burst of pulses transmitted by at least one transmitting device, including:
接收所述第一发送设备和所述第二发送设备在同一时隙内分别发送的随机 接入突发脉沖。 Receive random access burst pulses respectively sent by the first sending device and the second sending device in the same time slot.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述获取多组训练序列, 包括: 20. The method according to claim 19, characterized in that said obtaining multiple sets of training sequences includes:
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列; Obtain the pre-stored conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence;
或者, or,
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; 将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列 循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 Obtain the pre-stored conventional training sequence; cyclically shift the pre-stored conventional training sequence by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
21、 一种训练序列匹配方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 21. A training sequence matching method, characterized in that the method includes:
获取多组训练序列, 所述多组训练序列包括常规的训练序列和额外的训练 序列, 所述额外的训练序列为对所述常规的训练序列进行循环移位获得的序列; 从获取到的所述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列; Acquire multiple sets of training sequences. The multiple sets of training sequences include conventional training sequences and additional training sequences. The additional training sequences are sequences obtained by cyclically shifting the conventional training sequences; Select one set of training sequences among the multiple sets of training sequences;
将选择出的所述训练序列添加到待发送的突发脉沖中; 接收设备从所述突发脉沖中提取出待匹配序列, 并将所述待匹配序列与所述接 收设备获取到的常规的训练序列和额外的训练序列进行匹配。 Add the selected training sequence to the burst pulse to be sent; the receiving device extracts the sequence to be matched from the burst pulse, and compares the sequence to be matched with the conventional sequence obtained by the receiving device. The training sequence is matched with additional training sequences.
22、 根据权利要求 21所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述额外的训练序列包括 下列三组序列中的至少一组: 22. The method according to claim 21, characterized in that the additional training sequences include at least one of the following three groups of sequences:
(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0); (0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1 , 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, (0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 , 0,1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1,
0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1)。 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1); (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 , 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1).
23、 根据权利要求 21或 22所述的方法, 其特征在于, 23. The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that,
当所述突发脉沖为首次接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 所述从获取到的所 述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列, 包括: When the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse when accessing for the first time, selecting a group of training sequences from the obtained multiple groups of training sequences includes:
从所述多组训练序列中随机选择一组训练序列; 或者, 从所述多组训练序 列中选择预先指定的一组训练序列; Randomly select a set of training sequences from the multiple sets of training sequences; or select a pre-specified set of training sequences from the multiple sets of training sequences;
当所述突发脉沖为重新接入时的随机接入突发脉沖时, 所述从获取到的所 述多组训练序列中选择一组训练序列, 包括: When the burst pulse is a random access burst pulse during re-access, selecting a set of training sequences from the acquired multiple sets of training sequences includes:
从所述多组训练序列中选择一组与上一次接入时所选择的训练序列不同的 训练序列。 Select a group of training sequences from the plurality of groups of training sequences that is different from the training sequence selected during the last access.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述获取多组训练序列, 包括: 24. The method according to claim 23, characterized in that said obtaining multiple sets of training sequences includes:
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列和所述额外的训练序列; Obtain the pre-stored conventional training sequence and the additional training sequence;
或者, or,
获取预先存储的所述常规的训练序列; 将预先存储的所述常规的训练序列 循环移位预定位数, 将循环移位后的序列获取为所述额外的训练序列。 Obtain the pre-stored conventional training sequence; cyclically shift the pre-stored conventional training sequence by a predetermined number of digits, and obtain the cyclically shifted sequence as the additional training sequence.
25、 一种训练序列匹配系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括: 25. A training sequence matching system, characterized in that the system includes:
如上述权利要求 1-8 任一所述的接收设备以及至少一个如上述权利要求 9-16任一所述的发送设备。 A receiving device according to any one of the above claims 1-8 and at least one sending device according to any one of the above claims 9-16.
PCT/CN2013/086290 2013-10-31 2013-10-31 Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system WO2015062010A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380003094.1A CN104969483B (en) 2013-10-31 2013-10-31 Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching process and system
PCT/CN2013/086290 WO2015062010A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2013-10-31 Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/086290 WO2015062010A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2013-10-31 Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015062010A1 true WO2015062010A1 (en) 2015-05-07

Family

ID=53003136

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/086290 WO2015062010A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2013-10-31 Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104969483B (en)
WO (1) WO2015062010A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102017206248B3 (en) * 2017-04-11 2018-07-26 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. TRANSMITTERS AND RECEIVERS AND CORRESPONDING METHODS

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1327312A (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-19 华为技术有限公司 Forming method of training sequence in channel evaluation
US20070297541A1 (en) * 2006-06-20 2007-12-27 Mcgehee Jared Signal Detector Using Matched Filter For Training Signal Detection
CN101507347A (en) * 2006-08-29 2009-08-12 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Detection of access bursts in a random access channel

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1870465B (en) * 2005-05-24 2011-06-01 都科摩(北京)通信技术研究中心有限公司 Generating method, communication system and communication method of circulation training sequence
RU2009105251A (en) * 2006-08-17 2010-08-27 Панасоник Корпорэйшн (Jp) RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE
CN101409584A (en) * 2007-10-12 2009-04-15 Nxp股份有限公司 Random access preamble and receive scheme for radio communication system
EP2689547A1 (en) * 2011-03-25 2014-01-29 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Configuration of random access preamble

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1327312A (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-19 华为技术有限公司 Forming method of training sequence in channel evaluation
US20070297541A1 (en) * 2006-06-20 2007-12-27 Mcgehee Jared Signal Detector Using Matched Filter For Training Signal Detection
CN101507347A (en) * 2006-08-29 2009-08-12 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Detection of access bursts in a random access channel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104969483A (en) 2015-10-07
CN104969483B (en) 2018-08-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2100402A2 (en) Apparatus, methods and computer program products providing limited use of zadoff-chu sequences in pilot or preamble signals
CN103532654B (en) The zero-correlation zone sequence of communication system
US10396921B2 (en) Multi-lane synchronization method, synchronization apparatus and system, and computer storage medium
TWI736753B (en) Method and device for estimating timing position
CN105874760B (en) Payload sequential transmission method and device
JP2013012879A (en) Communication apparatus, communication circuit, and communication method
TWI652963B (en) Method and device for receiving and transmitting physical random access channel preamble sequence
JP2011530944A5 (en)
CN105723783B (en) Synchronization signal sending device, reception device and method and system
CN1444807A (en) Preamble searching apparatus and method
WO2015062010A1 (en) Receiving device, sending device, training sequence matching method, and system
CN108631903B (en) A kind of PRACH lead code sequence determines method and device
TWI722942B (en) Spread spectrum signal sending method, spread spectrum signal receiving method, device, equipment and medium
CN103384401A (en) Synchronization acquisition device and method based on first-in first-out structure
WO2018006821A1 (en) Data generation method and apparatus, transmitter, and terminal
CN102932109B (en) The Timing Synchronization of power line communication and spreading factor detect system and method thereof
WO2022042259A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2014075316A1 (en) Modulation mode identification method, sending device, receiving device and system
CN107070496B (en) Real-time synchronization acquisition equipment and method based on partial matched filter algorithm
US9654254B2 (en) Method and device for reducing bit error rate in CDMA communication system
CN105636232B (en) A kind for the treatment of method and apparatus of random access procedure
EP2512039A1 (en) Method and device for realizing chip correlation of multipath search
KR102577582B1 (en) System and method for designing preamble and synchronizing frame
CN111935051B (en) Method, device, terminal and storage medium for detecting sequence number of synchronous signal block
CN108055222A (en) Data processing method and intelligent terminal based on ofdm system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13896389

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13896389

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1